1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
22 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
24 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
25 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
26 out locations for types and decls.
27 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
28 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
30 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
31 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
32 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
33 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
36 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
38 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
39 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
40 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
41 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
42 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
44 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
45 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
47 CIE = Common Information Entry
48 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
50 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
52 FDE = Frame Description Entry
53 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
54 how to restore registers
56 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
57 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
61 #include "coretypes.h"
68 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
70 #include "insn-config.h"
78 #include "dwarf2out.h"
79 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
85 #include "diagnostic.h"
88 #include "langhooks.h"
93 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
94 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
97 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
98 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
99 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
100 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
102 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
106 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
107 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
108 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
109 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
110 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
113 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
114 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm
= 0;
116 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
120 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
122 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
123 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
124 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
125 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
126 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
127 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
|| saved_do_cfi_asm
128 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
129 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
130 && (flag_unwind_tables
131 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)))
136 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
139 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
143 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
146 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm
|| !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
148 if (saved_do_cfi_asm
|| !eh_personality_libfunc
)
150 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE
)
153 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
154 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
155 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
156 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
158 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
159 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
162 saved_do_cfi_asm
= true;
166 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
168 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
171 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
172 must be kept around forever. */
173 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx
,gc
) *used_rtx_array
;
175 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
176 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
177 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
179 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *incomplete_types
;
181 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
182 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
183 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
184 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
185 define type declaration DIE's. */
186 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *decl_scope_table
;
188 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
189 static GTY(()) section
*debug_info_section
;
190 static GTY(()) section
*debug_abbrev_section
;
191 static GTY(()) section
*debug_aranges_section
;
192 static GTY(()) section
*debug_macinfo_section
;
193 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_section
;
194 static GTY(()) section
*debug_loc_section
;
195 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubnames_section
;
196 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubtypes_section
;
197 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_section
;
198 static GTY(()) section
*debug_ranges_section
;
199 static GTY(()) section
*debug_frame_section
;
201 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
202 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
203 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
206 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
207 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
208 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
210 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
211 Information instructions. The register number, offset
212 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
213 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
215 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
217 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
223 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
{
224 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
225 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
226 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
227 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
231 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct
{
232 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
233 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
234 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
236 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
241 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
242 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
243 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
244 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
245 of this structure. */
246 typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc
{
247 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
248 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
250 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
253 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
254 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
255 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
256 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
257 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
259 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct
{
261 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
262 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
263 const char *dw_fde_end
;
264 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
265 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
266 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
267 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
268 bool dw_fde_switched_sections
;
269 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
270 unsigned funcdef_number
;
271 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment
;
272 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
273 unsigned int drap_reg
;
274 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
275 unsigned int vdrap_reg
;
276 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
277 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
278 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
279 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
280 unsigned stack_realign
: 1;
281 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
282 unsigned drap_reg_saved
: 1;
286 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
287 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
289 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
290 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
291 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
292 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
294 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
295 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
298 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
299 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
300 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
303 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
304 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
307 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
308 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
309 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
312 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
313 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
315 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
316 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
319 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
321 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
322 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
323 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
325 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
326 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
327 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
328 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
330 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
334 /* CIE identifier. */
335 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
336 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
337 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
339 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
342 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
343 information for each routine. */
344 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
346 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
347 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
349 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
350 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
352 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
354 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
356 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
358 static inline dw_fde_ref
361 return fde_table_in_use
? &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1] : NULL
;
364 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
365 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
367 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
368 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
369 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
370 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
371 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
372 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
375 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node
{
377 unsigned int refcount
;
378 enum dwarf_form form
;
382 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
384 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
385 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
387 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
388 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
390 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
392 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used
= false;
393 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used
= false;
395 /* The default cold text section. */
396 static GTY(()) section
*cold_text_section
;
398 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
400 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
402 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
403 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
404 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
405 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
406 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
407 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*);
408 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
409 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
410 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
411 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
413 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
415 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
416 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref
);
417 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
418 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
419 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx
, bool);
420 static void dwarf2out_args_size_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT
, const char *);
421 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
422 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx
);
423 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
425 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
426 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
427 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref
);
428 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
429 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
430 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
431 (dw_cfa_location
*, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
432 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_aligned_loc
433 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
434 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
436 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
437 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
438 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
441 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
442 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
443 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
445 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
446 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
449 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
450 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
453 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
454 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
457 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
458 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
460 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
461 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
462 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
463 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
464 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
465 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
466 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
467 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
468 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
469 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
471 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
472 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
474 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
476 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
478 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
482 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
483 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
484 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
485 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
488 /* Hook used by __throw. */
491 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
493 unsigned int dwarf_regnum
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
494 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum
, 1));
497 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
498 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
501 stripattributes (const char *s
)
503 char *stripped
= XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s
) + 2);
508 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
515 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
516 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
519 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx mem
, unsigned int c
)
521 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= c
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
522 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode
);
523 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
526 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
529 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
532 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
533 rtx addr
= expand_normal (address
);
534 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
535 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
537 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
539 int rnum
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
), 1);
541 if (rnum
< DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
543 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= rnum
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
544 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
547 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
548 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
549 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
551 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
553 wrote_return_column
= true;
555 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
559 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
),
560 gen_int_mode (size
, mode
));
564 if (!wrote_return_column
)
565 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
567 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
568 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
571 targetm
.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address
);
574 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
577 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
581 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
582 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
584 return "DW_CFA_offset";
586 return "DW_CFA_restore";
590 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
591 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
592 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
593 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
594 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
595 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
596 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
597 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
598 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
599 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
600 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
601 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
602 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
603 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
604 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
605 case DW_CFA_register
:
606 return "DW_CFA_register";
607 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
608 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
609 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
610 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
612 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
613 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
614 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
615 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
616 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
619 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
620 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
621 case DW_CFA_expression
:
622 return "DW_CFA_expression";
623 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
624 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
625 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
626 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
627 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
628 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
630 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
631 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
632 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
635 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
636 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
637 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
638 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
639 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
640 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
643 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
647 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
649 static inline dw_cfi_ref
652 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= GGC_NEW (dw_cfi_node
);
654 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
655 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
656 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
661 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
664 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
667 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
669 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
670 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
671 if (fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
672 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
674 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
675 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
676 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
678 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
685 /* Find the end of the chain. */
686 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
692 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
695 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
697 static char label
[20];
699 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
701 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
702 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
704 strcpy (label
, "<do not output>");
708 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
709 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
715 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
716 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
719 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
721 dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
= &cie_cfi_head
;
723 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
727 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
729 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that
730 lookup_cfa works later on. */
731 list_head
= ¤t_fde ()->dw_fde_cfi
;
733 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
734 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
735 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
736 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
737 sure how to address this for now. */
741 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
743 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
746 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
748 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
749 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
753 label
= xstrdup (label
);
755 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
757 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
758 set the location directly using set_loc. */
759 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= fde
->dw_fde_current_label
760 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
762 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
763 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
765 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
768 list_head
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
771 add_cfi (list_head
, cfi
);
774 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
777 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
779 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
781 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
782 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
783 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
785 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
786 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
789 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
790 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
791 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
793 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
794 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
801 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
804 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
809 loc
->reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
812 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
814 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
815 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
817 fde
= current_fde ();
819 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
820 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
823 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
824 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
826 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
828 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
830 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
831 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
833 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
834 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
836 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
837 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
838 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
841 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
848 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
851 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
854 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location
*loc1
, const dw_cfa_location
*loc2
)
856 return (loc1
->reg
== loc2
->reg
857 && loc1
->offset
== loc2
->offset
858 && loc1
->indirect
== loc2
->indirect
859 && (loc1
->indirect
== 0
860 || loc1
->base_offset
== loc2
->base_offset
));
863 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
864 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
867 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
870 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
875 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
876 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
878 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
879 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
881 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
882 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc
, &old_cfa
))
887 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
889 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
890 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
891 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
892 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
894 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
;
896 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
897 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
900 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
901 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
902 && old_cfa
.reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
905 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
906 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
907 offset has not changed. */
908 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
909 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
913 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
915 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
916 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
917 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
918 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
921 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
923 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
924 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
925 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
929 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
930 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
931 register-offset pair is available. */
932 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
934 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
935 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
, 0);
936 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
939 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
942 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
943 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
944 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
945 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
948 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
950 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
951 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
953 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
955 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
958 && fde
->stack_realign
959 && sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
961 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_expression
;
962 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
963 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
964 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset
, fde
->stack_realignment
);
966 else if (sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
969 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
970 else if (reg
& ~0x3f)
971 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
973 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
974 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
976 else if (sreg
== reg
)
977 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_same_value
;
980 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
981 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
984 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
987 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
988 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
989 from the previous frame's window save area.
991 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
992 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
995 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
997 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
999 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
1000 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1003 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1004 pushed onto the stack. */
1007 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
1011 if (size
== old_args_size
)
1014 old_args_size
= size
;
1017 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
1018 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
1019 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1022 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1023 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1026 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1028 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1031 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1032 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1035 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1037 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1040 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1041 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1044 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
1046 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg
), 0);
1049 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1050 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1051 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1054 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
1056 unsigned int reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1057 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1059 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1062 /* RA is in a register. */
1063 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
1067 /* RA is on the stack. */
1068 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
1069 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1072 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1077 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1078 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1082 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1083 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1093 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1094 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1095 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1096 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
);
1097 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
1104 if (reg
!= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
1105 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
1109 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1112 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1113 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1114 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset
)
1116 const_rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
1117 const_rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
1118 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1121 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1123 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1125 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1127 if (code
== REG
&& src
!= stack_pointer_rtx
)
1129 offset
= -cur_args_size
;
1130 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1133 return offset
- cur_offset
;
1136 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
1137 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1138 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1141 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1142 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1148 if (MEM_P (src
) && !MEM_P (dest
))
1152 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1153 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1154 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1160 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1162 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1163 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1164 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == PLUS
1165 && GET_CODE (val
) == CONST_INT
);
1166 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1173 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1175 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1182 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1184 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1199 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1200 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1202 static HOST_WIDE_INT
*barrier_args_size
;
1204 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1206 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1207 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1208 VEC (rtx
, heap
) **next
)
1210 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1213 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1215 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
)
1216 || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1218 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1219 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), cur_args_size
, 0);
1220 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1221 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1223 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1225 for (i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1226 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1227 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1228 cur_args_size
, offset
);
1233 rtx expr
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1237 expr
= XEXP (expr
, 0);
1238 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
1239 || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1240 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (expr
, 0); i
++)
1242 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, i
);
1244 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
&& !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
1245 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, cur_args_size
, offset
);
1250 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1254 cur_args_size
+= offset
;
1255 if (cur_args_size
< 0)
1260 rtx dest
= JUMP_LABEL (insn
);
1264 if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] < 0)
1266 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] = cur_args_size
;
1267 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, heap
, *next
, dest
);
1272 return cur_args_size
;
1275 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1278 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1280 int max_uid
= get_max_uid (), i
;
1282 VEC (rtx
, heap
) *worklist
, *next
, *tmp
;
1284 barrier_args_size
= XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT
, max_uid
);
1285 for (i
= 0; i
< max_uid
; i
++)
1286 barrier_args_size
[i
] = -1;
1288 worklist
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1289 next
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1290 insn
= get_insns ();
1291 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = 0;
1292 VEC_quick_push (rtx
, worklist
, insn
);
1295 while (!VEC_empty (rtx
, worklist
))
1297 rtx prev
, body
, first_insn
;
1298 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
;
1300 first_insn
= insn
= VEC_pop (rtx
, worklist
);
1301 cur_args_size
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1302 prev
= prev_nonnote_insn (insn
);
1303 if (prev
&& BARRIER_P (prev
))
1304 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (prev
)] = cur_args_size
;
1306 for (; insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
1308 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
) || NOTE_P (insn
))
1310 if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1315 if (insn
== first_insn
)
1317 else if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] < 0)
1319 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = cur_args_size
;
1324 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1325 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1330 body
= PATTERN (insn
);
1331 if (GET_CODE (body
) == SEQUENCE
)
1333 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size
= cur_args_size
;
1334 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (body
, 0); i
++)
1335 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0))
1336 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
)))
1338 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1339 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1342 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1343 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1345 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0)))
1346 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1347 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1350 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1351 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1355 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn
, cur_args_size
, &next
);
1359 if (VEC_empty (rtx
, next
))
1362 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1366 VEC_truncate (rtx
, next
, 0);
1369 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, worklist
);
1370 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, next
);
1374 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1375 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1376 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1379 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
1381 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1385 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1386 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1387 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1388 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1389 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1392 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1393 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1394 shouldn't change at all. */
1396 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence
, 0, 0))
1397 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn
))
1400 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1401 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1402 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1404 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1406 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1407 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1408 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1409 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1410 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1411 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1412 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL
);
1413 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1418 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1420 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1421 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size
);
1424 else if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1426 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1427 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1428 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
&& next_nonnote_insn (insn
))
1429 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1430 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
)
1434 offset
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1439 offset
-= args_size
;
1440 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1444 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1445 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), args_size
, 0);
1446 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1447 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1449 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1451 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1452 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1453 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1462 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1463 dwarf2out_args_size_adjust (offset
, label
);
1466 /* Adjust args_size based on stack adjustment OFFSET. */
1469 dwarf2out_args_size_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, const char *label
)
1471 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1472 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1474 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1475 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1477 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1481 args_size
+= offset
;
1485 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1486 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1487 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1492 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1493 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1494 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1496 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save
{
1497 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1499 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1503 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1505 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1506 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data
{
1511 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1512 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1513 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1514 more efficient data structure. */
1515 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs
[4];
1516 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs
;
1518 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1519 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1521 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1522 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1525 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1527 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1529 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1530 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1532 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
1533 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1538 q
= GGC_NEW (struct queued_reg_save
);
1539 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1540 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1544 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1545 q
->saved_reg
= sreg
;
1547 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1550 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1553 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1555 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1557 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1560 unsigned int reg
, sreg
;
1562 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1563 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (q
->reg
))
1565 if (q
->saved_reg
&& i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1567 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1568 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1570 if (i
!= num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1572 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= q
->reg
;
1573 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= q
->saved_reg
;
1576 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->reg
));
1578 sreg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->saved_reg
));
1580 sreg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1581 reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, reg
, sreg
, q
->cfa_offset
);
1584 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1585 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1588 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1589 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1590 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1591 have a new location for? */
1594 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn
)
1596 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1598 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1601 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1603 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1604 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
)
1605 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
, insn
))
1612 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1615 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
)
1618 unsigned int regno
, sregno
;
1620 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1621 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1623 if (i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1625 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1626 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1628 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= reg
;
1629 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= sreg
;
1631 regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1632 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg
));
1633 reg_save (label
, regno
, sregno
, 0);
1636 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1639 reg_saved_in (rtx reg
)
1641 unsigned int regn
= REGNO (reg
);
1643 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1645 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1646 if (q
->saved_reg
&& regn
== REGNO (q
->saved_reg
))
1649 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1650 if (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
1651 && regn
== REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
))
1652 return regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
;
1658 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1659 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1660 value, not an offset. */
1661 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1663 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1664 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1665 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1666 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1668 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1669 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1670 users need not read the source code.
1672 The High-Level Picture
1674 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1675 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1676 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1677 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1678 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1680 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1681 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1682 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1683 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1684 saves. This also seems to work.
1686 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1687 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1688 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1689 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1690 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1691 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1692 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1693 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1694 value as in the caller.
1696 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1697 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1698 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1699 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1701 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1704 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1706 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1707 consists of a register and an offset.
1708 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1709 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1710 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1711 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1712 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1713 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1714 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1716 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1717 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1718 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1721 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1722 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1723 and cfa_temp.offset.
1725 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1728 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1729 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1730 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1732 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
1733 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
1734 expressions to represent the location of the stored
1735 register instead of CFA+offset.
1739 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1740 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1743 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1744 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1745 cfa.offset unchanged
1746 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1747 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1750 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1751 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1752 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1753 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1754 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1755 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1758 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1759 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1760 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1763 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1764 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1766 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1767 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1768 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1771 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1772 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1774 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1775 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1778 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1779 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1780 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1783 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1784 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1785 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1788 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1792 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1793 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1794 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1797 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1798 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1799 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1801 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1804 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1805 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1806 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1808 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1811 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1814 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1815 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1818 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1819 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1820 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1823 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1824 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1825 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1826 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
1829 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
1830 effects: target-dependent
1833 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
1834 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
1835 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
1836 cfa_store.offset = 0
1837 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
1840 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
1841 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1844 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
1845 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
1846 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
1847 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1850 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
1851 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
1853 && cfa.indirect == 0
1854 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1855 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
1856 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg
1859 (set reg fde->drap_reg)
1860 constraints: fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM
1861 effects: fde->vdrap_reg = reg.
1862 (set mem fde->drap_reg)
1863 constraints: fde->drap_reg_saved == 1
1867 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
1869 rtx src
, dest
, span
;
1870 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1873 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1874 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1875 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1876 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1877 flag is set in them. */
1878 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1881 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1884 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
1885 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
1886 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
1887 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
1888 handle register saves before register assignments. */
1889 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
)
1890 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1892 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
1893 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
1894 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
))
1895 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
1896 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
1899 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1901 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
1902 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
1903 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
)) || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1904 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
1905 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
1906 else if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
1908 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
1910 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
1911 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
1912 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, args_size
, 0);
1915 dwarf2out_args_size_adjust (offset
, label
);
1921 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
);
1923 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1924 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1928 rtx rsi
= reg_saved_in (src
);
1933 fde
= current_fde ();
1935 if (GET_CODE (src
) == REG
1937 && fde
->drap_reg
== REGNO (src
)
1938 && (fde
->drap_reg_saved
1939 || GET_CODE (dest
) == REG
))
1942 /* If we are saving dynamic realign argument pointer to a
1943 register, the destination is virtual dynamic realign
1944 argument pointer. It may be used to access argument. */
1945 if (GET_CODE (dest
) == REG
)
1947 gcc_assert (fde
->vdrap_reg
== INVALID_REGNUM
);
1948 fde
->vdrap_reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1953 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1956 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1958 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1960 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1963 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1964 relative to the current CFA register.
1966 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1967 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1968 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1969 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1970 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1971 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1972 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1976 /* Saving a register in a register. */
1977 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs
[REGNO (dest
)]
1978 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
1979 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
))
1980 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
));
1982 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
1983 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
1984 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
1985 don't generate this DWARF information. */
1987 && fde
->stack_realign
1988 && REGNO (src
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1989 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest
) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1990 && fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
1991 && cfa
.reg
!= REGNO (src
));
1993 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, dest
, 0);
2000 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
2004 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2007 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2010 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1))
2012 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2018 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2020 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2021 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2022 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2024 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
2025 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2028 gcc_assert (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
);
2030 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2032 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2033 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2034 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2035 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2037 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2040 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2041 or adjusting the FP */
2042 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed
);
2044 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2045 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2046 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
);
2047 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2048 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2050 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2051 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2055 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
);
2058 if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2059 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2060 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
2062 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2063 into the FP later on. */
2064 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2065 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2066 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2067 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2068 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2069 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2073 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2074 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2075 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2077 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2078 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2079 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2080 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2081 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
2085 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
2086 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
2088 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2089 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2098 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2099 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
2104 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2105 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2106 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
);
2108 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
2109 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2110 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2113 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2114 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2121 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE
:
2122 gcc_assert (targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec
);
2123 targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label
, expr
, XINT (src
, 1));
2128 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2129 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2131 if (fde
&& XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2133 gcc_assert (cfa_store
.reg
== REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)));
2134 fde
->stack_realign
= 1;
2135 fde
->stack_realignment
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2136 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2138 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2139 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2140 fde
->drap_reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2148 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2153 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2155 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
2160 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2161 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1))
2163 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
2165 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2166 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2168 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2169 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2170 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2172 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2178 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2179 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
2182 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0))
2183 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2184 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2186 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2188 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2189 reference to represent the address of the stored
2192 && fde
->stack_realign
2193 && src
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2195 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2196 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2199 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2200 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2202 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2206 /* With an offset. */
2213 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
2214 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2215 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
2216 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
2219 regno
= REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0));
2221 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2222 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
2225 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2226 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2232 /* Without an offset. */
2235 int regno
= REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0));
2237 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2238 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2241 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2242 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2249 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
2250 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2251 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2252 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2260 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2261 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2262 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2266 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2267 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2268 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
2270 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2272 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
2275 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2276 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2277 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2278 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2281 && fde
->stack_realign
2282 && cfa
.indirect
== 0
2283 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2285 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp
;
2287 gcc_assert (fde
->drap_reg
== cfa
.reg
);
2289 cfa_exp
.indirect
= 1;
2290 cfa_exp
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2291 cfa_exp
.base_offset
= offset
;
2294 fde
->drap_reg_saved
= 1;
2296 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa_exp
);
2300 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2301 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2303 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2304 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2309 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2310 calculate the CFA. */
2311 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
2315 gcc_assert (REG_P (x
));
2317 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
2318 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
2320 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2325 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2327 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
2330 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2333 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2334 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2338 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
2340 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
2342 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
2343 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2345 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
2347 queue_reg_save (label
, elem
, NULL_RTX
, span_offset
);
2348 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
2359 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2360 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2361 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2363 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2364 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2367 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
2372 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
2376 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2377 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2379 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2382 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
2384 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2387 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
2389 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
2391 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2392 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2394 num_regs_saved_in_regs
= 0;
2396 if (barrier_args_size
)
2398 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size
);
2399 barrier_args_size
= NULL
;
2404 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn
) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
2405 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2407 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
2409 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
2410 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
, after_p
);
2414 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
2415 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
2417 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
2419 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
2421 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
2426 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
2427 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
2428 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
2430 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2431 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
2436 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
2437 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
2439 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
2440 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
2441 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
2442 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
2443 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
2444 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
2447 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2448 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2449 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2450 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2451 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
2452 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
2453 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
2454 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
2455 case DW_CFA_register
:
2456 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
2458 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
2459 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
2460 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
2461 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
2463 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
2464 case DW_CFA_expression
:
2465 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
2472 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
2473 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2474 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
2476 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2477 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
2481 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2482 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2484 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2485 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2486 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
2488 case DW_CFA_register
:
2489 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
2492 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
2496 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2498 /* Switch to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2499 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic label
2503 switch_to_eh_frame_section (void)
2507 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2508 if (eh_frame_section
== 0)
2512 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
)
2518 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2520 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2522 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2524 flags
= ((! flag_pic
2525 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2526 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2527 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2528 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2529 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2530 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
2531 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE
);
2534 flags
= SECTION_WRITE
;
2535 eh_frame_section
= get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
, NULL
);
2539 if (eh_frame_section
)
2540 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section
);
2543 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
2544 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
2545 switch_to_section (data_section
);
2546 label
= get_file_function_name ("F");
2547 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2548 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
,
2549 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
2550 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
2554 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
2556 static HOST_WIDE_INT
2557 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
2559 HOST_WIDE_INT r
= off
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
2560 gcc_assert (r
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== off
);
2564 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
2567 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
2572 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
2573 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
2574 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
2575 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
2576 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
2577 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
));
2578 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
2580 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2581 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
2582 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r
);
2583 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
2584 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
2586 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
2588 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2589 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
2590 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r
);
2594 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
2595 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
2597 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
2599 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
2601 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2602 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
2603 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
2606 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2607 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
2608 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2611 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
2612 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
2613 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
2614 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2617 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
2618 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
2619 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
2620 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2623 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
2624 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
2625 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
2626 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2629 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
2630 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
2631 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
2632 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2635 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2636 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2637 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2638 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
2639 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
2642 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2643 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2644 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2645 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2648 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2649 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2650 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2651 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
2652 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
2655 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2656 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2657 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2658 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
2659 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
2662 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
2663 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
2664 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
2665 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
2666 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2667 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2670 case DW_CFA_register
:
2671 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2672 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2673 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2674 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2677 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
2678 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
2679 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2682 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
2683 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
2684 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
2687 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
2690 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
2691 case DW_CFA_expression
:
2692 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
2695 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
2696 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
2705 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
2708 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
2710 unsigned long r
, r2
;
2712 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
2714 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
2715 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
2716 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
2717 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
2718 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
2719 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
2720 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
2721 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
2722 going to take care of this for us. */
2726 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2727 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2728 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 0);
2729 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
2730 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
2733 case DW_CFA_restore
:
2734 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
2735 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 0);
2736 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r
);
2739 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
2740 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 0);
2741 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r
);
2744 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
2745 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 0);
2746 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r
);
2749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2750 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2751 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 0);
2752 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
2753 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
2756 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
2757 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 0);
2758 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r
);
2761 case DW_CFA_register
:
2762 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 0);
2763 r2
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 0);
2764 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r
, r2
);
2767 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
2768 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
2769 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
2770 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
2771 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
2774 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
2775 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
);
2776 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
2778 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
,
2779 ASM_COMMENT_START
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
2780 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
2783 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
2784 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
2787 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
2788 case DW_CFA_expression
:
2789 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
);
2790 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi
);
2791 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
2799 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
2800 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
2801 location of saved registers. */
2804 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
2809 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
2810 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
2811 char augmentation
[6];
2812 int augmentation_size
;
2813 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
2814 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
2815 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
2818 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
2819 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
2822 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
2823 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
2826 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
2827 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
2828 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
2829 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
2830 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
2831 specialization doesn't. */
2832 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2833 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
2836 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2837 if ((fde_table
[i
].nothrow
|| fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2838 && !fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
2839 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
2840 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde_table
[i
].decl
,
2841 for_eh
, /* empty */ 1);
2843 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
2844 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
2845 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
2846 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
2849 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
2851 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2852 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
2853 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
2854 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
2855 any_eh_needed
= true;
2856 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
2857 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2858 any_eh_needed
= true;
2860 if (! any_eh_needed
)
2864 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
2869 switch_to_eh_frame_section ();
2872 if (!debug_frame_section
)
2873 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
2874 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
2875 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section
);
2878 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
2879 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
2881 /* Output the CIE. */
2882 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
2883 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
2884 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
2885 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
2886 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
2887 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2888 "Length of Common Information Entry");
2889 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2891 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
2892 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
2893 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
2894 (for_eh
? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID
),
2895 "CIE Identifier Tag");
2897 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
2899 augmentation
[0] = 0;
2900 augmentation_size
= 0;
2906 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
2907 augmentation section.
2908 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2909 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2910 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2912 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2913 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2915 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2916 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2917 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2919 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
2920 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2923 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
2924 assemble_external_libcall (eh_personality_libfunc
);
2926 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2929 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2931 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2934 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2936 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
2938 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
2942 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2943 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2945 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2947 + 1 /* CIE version */
2948 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2949 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2950 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
2952 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2953 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2954 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2956 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
2958 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2959 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2960 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) == 1);
2964 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2965 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2966 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
2967 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2969 return_reg
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, for_eh
);
2970 if (DW_CIE_VERSION
== 1)
2971 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
2973 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
2975 if (augmentation
[0])
2977 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
2978 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2980 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
2981 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
2982 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
2983 eh_personality_libfunc
,
2987 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2988 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2989 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
2991 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2992 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2993 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
2996 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2997 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
2999 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3000 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3001 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
3002 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3004 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3005 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3007 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
3009 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3010 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
3011 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
3012 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
3013 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3016 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, for_eh
, /* empty */ 0);
3017 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
3018 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
3019 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
3020 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3021 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3022 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3023 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3025 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3028 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
3030 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
3031 debug_frame_section
, "FDE CIE offset");
3035 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
3037 rtx sym_ref2
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
,
3038 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
);
3039 rtx sym_ref3
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
,
3040 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
);
3041 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref2
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
3042 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref3
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
3043 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref3
, false,
3044 "FDE initial location");
3045 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
3046 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
,
3047 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
3048 "FDE address range");
3049 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref2
, false,
3050 "FDE initial location");
3051 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
3052 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
,
3053 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
3054 "FDE address range");
3058 rtx sym_ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
);
3059 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
3060 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
3063 "FDE initial location");
3064 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
3065 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
3066 "FDE address range");
3071 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
3073 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3074 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
3075 "FDE initial location");
3076 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3077 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
,
3078 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
3079 "FDE address range");
3080 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3081 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
3082 "FDE initial location");
3083 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3084 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
,
3085 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
3086 "FDE address range");
3090 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
3091 "FDE initial location");
3092 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3093 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
3094 "FDE address range");
3098 if (augmentation
[0])
3100 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3102 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
3104 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3106 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3107 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3108 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
3109 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3110 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3113 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size
) == 1);
3116 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
3118 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3120 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
3121 fde
->funcdef_number
);
3122 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3123 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
3124 false, "Language Specific Data Area");
3128 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3129 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3131 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
3132 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3136 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3139 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3141 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
3142 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3143 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3145 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3146 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3147 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
3148 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3151 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
3152 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3153 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3154 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3155 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3156 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
3159 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3164 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
3168 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3169 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3171 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3175 current_function_func_begin_label
= NULL
;
3177 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3178 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
3179 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
3181 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
3182 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3185 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3189 switch_to_section (function_section (current_function_decl
));
3190 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
3191 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3192 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
3193 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3194 dup_label
= xstrdup (label
);
3195 current_function_func_begin_label
= dup_label
;
3197 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3198 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
3199 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3203 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
3204 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
3206 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
3207 fde_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node
, fde_table
, fde_table_allocated
);
3208 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
3209 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
3212 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
3213 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
3215 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
3216 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
3217 fde
->decl
= current_function_decl
;
3218 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= dup_label
;
3219 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= dup_label
;
3220 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= NULL
;
3221 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= NULL
;
3222 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= NULL
;
3223 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= NULL
;
3224 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= false;
3225 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
3226 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
3227 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
3228 fde
->nothrow
= crtl
->nothrow
;
3229 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
;
3230 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= crtl
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
3231 fde
->drap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
3232 fde
->vdrap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
3234 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
3236 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
3237 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
3238 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3240 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
3243 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3248 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3250 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
3252 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3253 ref
= eh_personality_libfunc
;
3255 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
3256 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
3257 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
3258 of the weirder relocation types. */
3259 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
3260 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
3262 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_personality 0x%x,", enc
);
3263 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
3264 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3267 if (crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3271 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3272 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab
, "LLSDA",
3273 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3274 ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, lab
);
3275 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref
) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
3277 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
3278 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
3280 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_lsda 0x%x,", enc
);
3281 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
3282 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3287 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
3288 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
3292 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3293 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3296 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3298 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3299 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
3301 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
3303 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
3304 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3305 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
3306 fde
= current_fde ();
3307 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
3308 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
3312 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
3314 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
3315 fde_table
= GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_fde_node
, FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
3316 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
3317 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
3319 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
3320 sake of lookup_cfa. */
3322 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
3323 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
3325 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
3326 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
|| DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
)
3327 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
3332 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
3334 /* Output call frame information. */
3335 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
)
3336 output_call_frame_info (0);
3338 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3339 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
3340 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
3341 output_call_frame_info (1);
3345 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
3348 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
3350 section
*sec
= current_function_section ();
3351 if (sec
== text_section
)
3352 text_section_used
= true;
3353 else if (sec
== cold_text_section
)
3354 cold_text_section_used
= true;
3358 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
3360 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
3362 gcc_assert (cfun
&& fde
);
3364 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= true;
3365 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_label
;
3366 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
3367 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
3368 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
3369 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
3371 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
3372 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
3373 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
3375 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
3376 if (cold_text_section
!= NULL
)
3377 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
3381 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
3382 for emitting location expressions. */
3384 /* Data about a single source file. */
3385 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data
{
3386 const char * filename
;
3390 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
3391 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
3392 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
3395 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
3396 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
3397 typedef const struct die_struct
*const_dw_die_ref
;
3398 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
3399 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
3401 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
3405 } deferred_locations
;
3407 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations
);
3408 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations
,gc
);
3410 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations
, gc
) *deferred_locations_list
;
3412 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
3413 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
3414 implementation are listed below. */
3419 dw_val_class_offset
,
3421 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
3422 dw_val_class_range_list
,
3424 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
3425 dw_val_class_long_long
,
3428 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
3429 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
3430 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
3431 dw_val_class_lineptr
,
3433 dw_val_class_macptr
,
3437 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
3438 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
3440 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_long_long_struct
{
3446 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
3448 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct
{
3449 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
3455 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
3456 represented internally. */
3458 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct
{
3459 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
3460 union dw_val_struct_union
3462 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
3463 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
3464 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
3465 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
3466 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default)) val_int
;
3467 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
3468 dw_long_long_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long
;
3469 dw_vec_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec
;
3470 struct dw_val_die_union
3474 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
3475 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
3476 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
3477 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
3478 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
3479 struct dwarf_file_data
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file
;
3481 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
3485 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
3488 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct
{
3489 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
3490 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
3492 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
3493 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
3497 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
3498 so you can track variables that are in different places over
3499 their entire life. */
3500 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct
{
3501 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
3502 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
3503 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
3504 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
3505 Only on head of list */
3506 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
3507 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
3510 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
3512 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3514 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
3517 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
3522 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3523 return "DW_OP_addr";
3525 return "DW_OP_deref";
3527 return "DW_OP_const1u";
3529 return "DW_OP_const1s";
3531 return "DW_OP_const2u";
3533 return "DW_OP_const2s";
3535 return "DW_OP_const4u";
3537 return "DW_OP_const4s";
3539 return "DW_OP_const8u";
3541 return "DW_OP_const8s";
3543 return "DW_OP_constu";
3545 return "DW_OP_consts";
3549 return "DW_OP_drop";
3551 return "DW_OP_over";
3553 return "DW_OP_pick";
3555 return "DW_OP_swap";
3559 return "DW_OP_xderef";
3567 return "DW_OP_minus";
3579 return "DW_OP_plus";
3580 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3581 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
3587 return "DW_OP_shra";
3605 return "DW_OP_skip";
3607 return "DW_OP_lit0";
3609 return "DW_OP_lit1";
3611 return "DW_OP_lit2";
3613 return "DW_OP_lit3";
3615 return "DW_OP_lit4";
3617 return "DW_OP_lit5";
3619 return "DW_OP_lit6";
3621 return "DW_OP_lit7";
3623 return "DW_OP_lit8";
3625 return "DW_OP_lit9";
3627 return "DW_OP_lit10";
3629 return "DW_OP_lit11";
3631 return "DW_OP_lit12";
3633 return "DW_OP_lit13";
3635 return "DW_OP_lit14";
3637 return "DW_OP_lit15";
3639 return "DW_OP_lit16";
3641 return "DW_OP_lit17";
3643 return "DW_OP_lit18";
3645 return "DW_OP_lit19";
3647 return "DW_OP_lit20";
3649 return "DW_OP_lit21";
3651 return "DW_OP_lit22";
3653 return "DW_OP_lit23";
3655 return "DW_OP_lit24";
3657 return "DW_OP_lit25";
3659 return "DW_OP_lit26";
3661 return "DW_OP_lit27";
3663 return "DW_OP_lit28";
3665 return "DW_OP_lit29";
3667 return "DW_OP_lit30";
3669 return "DW_OP_lit31";
3671 return "DW_OP_reg0";
3673 return "DW_OP_reg1";
3675 return "DW_OP_reg2";
3677 return "DW_OP_reg3";
3679 return "DW_OP_reg4";
3681 return "DW_OP_reg5";
3683 return "DW_OP_reg6";
3685 return "DW_OP_reg7";
3687 return "DW_OP_reg8";
3689 return "DW_OP_reg9";
3691 return "DW_OP_reg10";
3693 return "DW_OP_reg11";
3695 return "DW_OP_reg12";
3697 return "DW_OP_reg13";
3699 return "DW_OP_reg14";
3701 return "DW_OP_reg15";
3703 return "DW_OP_reg16";
3705 return "DW_OP_reg17";
3707 return "DW_OP_reg18";
3709 return "DW_OP_reg19";
3711 return "DW_OP_reg20";
3713 return "DW_OP_reg21";
3715 return "DW_OP_reg22";
3717 return "DW_OP_reg23";
3719 return "DW_OP_reg24";
3721 return "DW_OP_reg25";
3723 return "DW_OP_reg26";
3725 return "DW_OP_reg27";
3727 return "DW_OP_reg28";
3729 return "DW_OP_reg29";
3731 return "DW_OP_reg30";
3733 return "DW_OP_reg31";
3735 return "DW_OP_breg0";
3737 return "DW_OP_breg1";
3739 return "DW_OP_breg2";
3741 return "DW_OP_breg3";
3743 return "DW_OP_breg4";
3745 return "DW_OP_breg5";
3747 return "DW_OP_breg6";
3749 return "DW_OP_breg7";
3751 return "DW_OP_breg8";
3753 return "DW_OP_breg9";
3755 return "DW_OP_breg10";
3757 return "DW_OP_breg11";
3759 return "DW_OP_breg12";
3761 return "DW_OP_breg13";
3763 return "DW_OP_breg14";
3765 return "DW_OP_breg15";
3767 return "DW_OP_breg16";
3769 return "DW_OP_breg17";
3771 return "DW_OP_breg18";
3773 return "DW_OP_breg19";
3775 return "DW_OP_breg20";
3777 return "DW_OP_breg21";
3779 return "DW_OP_breg22";
3781 return "DW_OP_breg23";
3783 return "DW_OP_breg24";
3785 return "DW_OP_breg25";
3787 return "DW_OP_breg26";
3789 return "DW_OP_breg27";
3791 return "DW_OP_breg28";
3793 return "DW_OP_breg29";
3795 return "DW_OP_breg30";
3797 return "DW_OP_breg31";
3799 return "DW_OP_regx";
3801 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
3803 return "DW_OP_bregx";
3805 return "DW_OP_piece";
3806 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3807 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
3808 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3809 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
3812 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
3813 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
3815 return "DW_OP_call2";
3817 return "DW_OP_call4";
3818 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
3819 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
3820 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
3821 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
3822 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit
:
3823 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
3825 return "OP_<unknown>";
3829 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
3830 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
3831 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
3833 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
3834 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
3835 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
3837 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node
);
3839 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
3840 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
3841 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
3842 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
3843 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
3848 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
3851 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
3852 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
3855 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
),
3858 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
3861 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
3864 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
3866 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
3868 /* Find the end of the chain. */
3869 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
3875 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
3878 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
3880 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3883 gcc_assert (*list_head
!= NULL
);
3888 /* Find the end of the chain. */
3889 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3893 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_fbreg
3894 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& loc
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
))
3895 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3896 else if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bregx
)
3897 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3899 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
3900 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
3902 && ((offset
> 0 && *p
<= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)
3903 || (offset
< 0 && *p
>= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)))
3906 else if (offset
> 0)
3907 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
3911 loc
->dw_loc_next
= int_loc_descriptor (offset
);
3912 add_loc_descr (&loc
->dw_loc_next
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
3916 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
3918 static unsigned long
3919 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3921 unsigned long size
= 1;
3923 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
3926 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3927 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
3946 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3949 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
3954 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3955 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3993 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
3996 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3999 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4002 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4003 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
4006 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4008 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4009 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4018 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
4019 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
4028 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4030 static unsigned long
4031 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4036 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
4037 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
4038 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
4040 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bra
)
4042 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
4047 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
4049 l
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
4050 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
4056 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
4059 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4061 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
4062 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
4064 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
4066 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4068 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
4072 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4076 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4080 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
>= 64);
4081 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4088 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
4089 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
4091 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
4104 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
4105 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
4106 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
4107 only doing unwinding. */
4112 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4115 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4118 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4121 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4123 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4124 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4158 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4161 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4164 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4167 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4168 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4171 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4173 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4174 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4175 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4178 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
4179 if (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
4181 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
4184 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
4191 /* Other codes have no operands. */
4196 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
4199 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4201 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
4203 /* Output the opcode. */
4204 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
4205 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
4207 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
4208 output_loc_operands (loc
);
4212 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
4213 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
4216 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4218 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
4219 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
4221 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
4224 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
4230 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4231 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4232 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
4233 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1
->v
.val_int
);
4238 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
4239 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1
->v
.val_int
);
4244 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
4245 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1
->v
.val_int
);
4250 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
>= 64);
4251 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
4252 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1
->v
.val_int
);
4260 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
4261 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
4263 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
4264 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset
);
4269 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4272 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
4273 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
4310 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
4311 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_int
);
4315 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
4316 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
4317 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
4318 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_int
);
4321 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
4325 /* Other codes have no operands. */
4331 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4335 /* Output the opcode. */
4336 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "0x%x", loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
4337 output_loc_operands_raw (loc
);
4339 if (!loc
->dw_loc_next
)
4341 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
4343 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
4347 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
4348 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
4351 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
4353 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
4356 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
4357 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, NULL
);
4359 /* Output the size of the block. */
4360 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
4361 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
4362 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
4364 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
4365 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
4368 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
4371 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
4373 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
4376 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
4377 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "0x%x,", cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
4379 /* Output the size of the block. */
4380 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
4381 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
4382 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size
);
4383 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
4385 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
4386 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc
);
4389 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
4390 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
4393 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
4394 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4396 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
4398 offset
+= cfa
->offset
;
4402 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
4403 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4404 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
4405 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
4408 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
4409 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
4413 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, offset
);
4418 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
4419 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
4422 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
4423 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment
)
4425 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
;
4426 unsigned int dwarf_fp
4427 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
4429 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
4430 if (cfa
.reg
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& cfa
.indirect
== 0)
4432 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, 0);
4433 add_loc_descr (&head
, int_loc_descriptor (alignment
));
4434 add_loc_descr (&head
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
4435 loc_descr_plus_const (&head
, offset
);
4438 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, offset
);
4442 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
4443 descriptor sequence. */
4446 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
4448 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
4450 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
4454 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
4456 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
4492 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
4495 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
4529 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
4530 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
4533 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
4534 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
4539 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4540 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4543 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
4544 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
4548 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
4550 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
4551 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4553 /* .debug_str support. */
4554 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
4556 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
4557 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
4558 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
4559 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
4560 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
4561 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
4562 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
4563 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
4564 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree
);
4565 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
4566 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree
, int);
4567 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
, tree
, bool);
4568 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree
, tree
, tree
,
4570 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
4571 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx
);
4572 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
4573 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree
, tree
);
4575 /* The debug hooks structure. */
4577 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
4583 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
4584 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
4585 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
4586 dwarf2out_end_block
,
4587 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
4588 dwarf2out_source_line
,
4589 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
4590 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
4591 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
4592 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
4593 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
4594 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
4595 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
4596 dwarf2out_type_decl
, /* type_decl */
4597 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
4598 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
4599 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
4600 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
4601 something tries to reference them. */
4602 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
4603 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
4604 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
4605 dwarf2out_var_location
,
4606 dwarf2out_switch_text_section
,
4608 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
4612 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
4613 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
4614 throughout the remainder of this file. */
4616 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
4617 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
4618 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
4619 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
4621 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
4622 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
4624 typedef long int dw_offset
;
4626 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
4628 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
4629 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
4630 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
4631 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
4632 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
4633 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
*dw_ranges_by_label_ref
;
4635 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
4636 line number associated with the label generated for that
4637 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
4638 the line number entry. */
4640 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct
{
4641 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
4642 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
4646 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
4648 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct
{
4649 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
4650 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
4651 unsigned long function
;
4653 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
4655 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
4656 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
4657 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
4659 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct
{
4660 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
4661 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
4665 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node
);
4666 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node
,gc
);
4668 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
4669 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
4670 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
4672 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct
{
4673 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
4675 VEC(dw_attr_node
,gc
) * die_attr
;
4676 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
4677 dw_die_ref die_child
;
4679 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
4680 dw_offset die_offset
;
4681 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
4683 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
4684 int die_perennial_p
;
4685 unsigned int decl_id
;
4689 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
4690 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
4691 c = die->die_child; \
4695 } while (c != die->die_child); \
4698 /* The pubname structure */
4700 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct
{
4706 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry
);
4707 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry
, gc
);
4709 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct
{
4710 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
4711 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
4715 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct
{
4720 /* The limbo die list structure. */
4721 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct
{
4724 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
4728 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
4729 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
4730 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
4733 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
4734 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
4736 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
4737 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
4738 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
4739 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
4740 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
4741 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
4743 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
4744 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
4745 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
4746 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
4747 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
4748 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
4749 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
4750 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
4751 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
4752 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
4754 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
4755 language, and compiler version. */
4757 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
4758 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
4759 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
4761 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
4762 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
4764 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
4765 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
4766 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
4767 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
4768 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
4770 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
4771 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
4772 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
4773 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
4774 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
4775 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
4777 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
4778 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
4779 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
4780 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
4782 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
4786 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
4787 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
4788 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
4790 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
4791 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
4793 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
4794 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
4796 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
4797 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
4798 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
4799 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
4800 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
4802 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4803 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
4804 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
4805 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
4808 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
4809 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
4811 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
4812 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
4814 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
4815 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data
))) htab_t file_table
;
4817 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
4818 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
4819 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t decl_die_table
;
4821 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
4822 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
4823 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t common_block_die_table
;
4825 /* Node of the variable location list. */
4826 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node
{
4827 rtx
GTY (()) var_loc_note
;
4828 const char * GTY (()) label
;
4829 const char * GTY (()) section_label
;
4830 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
4833 /* Variable location list. */
4834 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def
{
4835 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
4837 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
4838 it is marked through the chain. */
4839 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
4841 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
4842 unsigned int decl_id
;
4844 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
4847 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
4848 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list
))) htab_t decl_loc_table
;
4850 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
4851 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
4852 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
4853 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
4854 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
4856 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
4857 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
4859 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
4860 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
4862 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
4863 abbrev_die_table. */
4864 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
4866 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
4867 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
4868 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
4869 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
4871 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
4872 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
4874 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
4875 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
4877 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
4878 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
4879 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
4880 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
4882 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
4883 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
4885 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
4886 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
4888 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
4890 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
4892 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
4893 accessible names. */
4894 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubname_table
;
4896 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
4897 accessible types. */
4898 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubtype_table
;
4900 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
4901 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
4903 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
4904 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
4906 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
4907 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
4909 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
4911 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
4913 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
4914 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
4916 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
4917 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
4919 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
4920 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
4922 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
4923 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
4924 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label
;
4926 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
4927 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated
;
4929 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
4930 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use
;
4932 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
4934 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
4936 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
4937 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists
;
4939 /* Unique label counter. */
4940 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num
;
4942 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4943 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
4944 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
4946 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
4947 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
4950 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
4951 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* last_emitted_file
;
4953 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
4954 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
4956 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
4957 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* file_table_last_lookup
;
4959 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4961 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
4962 within the current function. */
4963 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
4965 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
4967 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx
);
4968 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
4969 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree
);
4970 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
4971 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
4972 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
4973 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree
);
4974 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
4975 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
4976 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
4977 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
4978 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
4979 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4980 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
4981 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4982 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
4983 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned long,
4985 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned int,
4986 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
4987 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
4988 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
4989 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
4990 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
4991 static enum dwarf_form
AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
4992 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
4993 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4994 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
4995 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
4996 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
4997 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
4998 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
4999 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
5000 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5002 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
5003 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
5004 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
5005 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5006 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5007 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5008 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5009 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5010 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5012 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
5013 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5014 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
5015 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
5016 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5017 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5018 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5019 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5020 static bool is_c_family (void);
5021 static bool is_cxx (void);
5022 static bool is_java (void);
5023 static bool is_fortran (void);
5024 static bool is_ada (void);
5025 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5026 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
5027 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
5028 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5029 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
5030 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5031 static hashval_t
decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
5032 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5033 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
5034 static hashval_t
common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
5035 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5036 static hashval_t
decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
5037 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5038 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (const_tree
);
5039 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5040 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, struct var_loc_node
*);
5041 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
5042 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
5043 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
5044 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
5045 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
5046 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
5047 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
5048 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
5049 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
5050 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*, const dw_val_node
*, int *);
5051 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
5052 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
5053 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
5054 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
5055 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
5056 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
5057 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
5058 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
5059 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
5060 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
5061 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
5062 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
5063 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
5064 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
5065 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
5066 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
5067 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
5068 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5069 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
5070 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
5071 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
5072 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
5073 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
5074 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
5075 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
5076 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
5077 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
5078 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
5079 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
5080 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
5081 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
5082 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
5083 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
5084 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5085 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref
);
5086 static void add_pubtype (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5087 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
5088 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5089 static void output_aranges (void);
5090 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
5091 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree
);
5092 static unsigned int add_ranges_by_labels (const char *, const char *);
5093 static void output_ranges (void);
5094 static void output_line_info (void);
5095 static void output_file_names (void);
5096 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
5097 static int is_base_type (tree
);
5098 static bool is_subrange_type (const_tree
);
5099 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5100 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
5101 static int type_is_enum (const_tree
);
5102 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx
);
5103 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, int);
5104 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum var_init_status
);
5105 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
5106 enum var_init_status
);
5107 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
5108 enum var_init_status
);
5109 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
5110 enum var_init_status
);
5111 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx
);
5112 static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
,
5113 enum var_init_status
);
5114 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
5115 enum var_init_status
);
5116 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum var_init_status
);
5117 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree
, int);
5118 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
);
5119 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
5120 static tree
field_type (const_tree
);
5121 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
5122 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
5123 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree
);
5124 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (const_tree
);
5125 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5127 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5128 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
5129 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned, unsigned char *);
5130 static HOST_WIDE_INT
extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
5131 static void insert_float (const_rtx
, unsigned char *);
5132 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
5133 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
,
5134 enum dwarf_attribute
);
5135 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5136 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
5137 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
5138 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
5139 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool);
5140 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5141 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5142 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5143 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5144 static dw_die_ref
add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5145 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5146 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5147 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5148 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
5149 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
5150 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5151 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
5152 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
5153 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
5154 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
5155 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5156 static const char *type_tag (const_tree
);
5157 static tree
member_declared_type (const_tree
);
5159 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
5161 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5162 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree
, struct array_descr_info
*, dw_die_ref
);
5164 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5166 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5167 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5168 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5169 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5170 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5171 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5172 static void gen_const_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5173 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5174 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
5175 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
5176 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5177 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5178 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
5179 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5180 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5181 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
,
5182 enum debug_info_usage
);
5183 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5184 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5185 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5186 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
5187 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
5188 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree
);
5189 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5190 static void gen_decl_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5191 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
5192 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
5193 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5194 static dw_die_ref
declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5195 static struct dwarf_file_data
* lookup_filename (const char *);
5196 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
5197 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5198 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
5199 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
5200 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
5201 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
5202 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
,
5203 const char *, const char *,
5205 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
5206 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
5208 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
5209 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
5210 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
5211 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
5212 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
5213 static void prune_unused_types (void);
5214 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
);
5216 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
5217 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
5218 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
5220 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
5221 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
5223 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
5224 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
5226 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
5227 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
5229 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
5230 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
5232 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
5233 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
5235 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
5236 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
5238 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
5239 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
5241 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
5242 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
5245 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
5246 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
5247 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
5250 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
5251 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
5252 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
5253 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
5256 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
5257 the section names themselves. */
5259 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
5260 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
5262 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
5263 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
5265 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
5266 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
5268 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
5269 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
5271 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
5272 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
5274 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
5275 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
5277 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
5278 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
5280 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
5281 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
5284 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
5285 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
5286 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
5287 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
5288 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
5290 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
5291 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
5292 static char cold_text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
5293 static char cold_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
5294 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
5295 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
5296 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
5297 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
5298 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
5299 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
5301 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
5302 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
5304 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
5305 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
5307 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
5308 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
5310 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
5311 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
5313 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
5314 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
5316 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
5317 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
5321 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
5322 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
5324 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
5327 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
5329 demangle_name_func
= func
;
5332 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
5335 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl
)
5337 return ((REG_P (rtl
) && REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
5338 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
5339 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
5342 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
5346 type_main_variant (tree type
)
5348 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
5350 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
5351 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
5352 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
5353 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
5355 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
5356 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
5357 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
5362 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
5365 is_tagged_type (const_tree type
)
5367 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
5369 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
5370 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
5373 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
5376 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
5380 case DW_TAG_padding
:
5381 return "DW_TAG_padding";
5382 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
5383 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
5384 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
5385 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
5386 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
5387 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
5388 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
5389 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
5390 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
5391 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
5392 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
5393 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
5395 return "DW_TAG_label";
5396 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
5397 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
5399 return "DW_TAG_member";
5400 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
5401 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
5402 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
5403 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
5404 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
5405 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
5406 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
5407 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
5408 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
5409 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
5410 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
5411 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
5412 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
5413 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
5414 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
5415 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
5416 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
5417 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
5418 case DW_TAG_variant
:
5419 return "DW_TAG_variant";
5420 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
5421 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
5422 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
5423 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
5424 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
5425 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
5426 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
5427 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
5429 return "DW_TAG_module";
5430 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
5431 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
5432 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
5433 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
5434 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
5435 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
5436 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
5437 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
5438 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
5439 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
5440 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
5441 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
5442 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
5443 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
5444 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
5445 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
5446 case DW_TAG_constant
:
5447 return "DW_TAG_constant";
5448 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
5449 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
5450 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
5451 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
5453 return "DW_TAG_friend";
5454 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
5455 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
5456 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
5457 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
5458 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
5459 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
5460 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
5461 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
5462 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
5463 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
5464 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
5465 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
5466 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
5467 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
5468 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
5469 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
5470 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
5471 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
5472 case DW_TAG_variable
:
5473 return "DW_TAG_variable";
5474 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
5475 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
5476 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
:
5477 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
5478 case DW_TAG_restrict_type
:
5479 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
5480 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
5481 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
5482 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
5483 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
5484 case DW_TAG_imported_module
:
5485 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
5486 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type
:
5487 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
5488 case DW_TAG_partial_unit
:
5489 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
5490 case DW_TAG_imported_unit
:
5491 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
5492 case DW_TAG_condition
:
5493 return "DW_TAG_condition";
5494 case DW_TAG_shared_type
:
5495 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
5496 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
5497 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
5498 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
5499 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
5500 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
5501 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
5502 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
5503 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
5504 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
5505 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
5506 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
5507 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
5509 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
5513 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
5516 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
5521 return "DW_AT_sibling";
5522 case DW_AT_location
:
5523 return "DW_AT_location";
5525 return "DW_AT_name";
5526 case DW_AT_ordering
:
5527 return "DW_AT_ordering";
5528 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
5529 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
5530 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
5531 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
5532 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
5533 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
5534 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
5535 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
5536 case DW_AT_element_list
:
5537 return "DW_AT_element_list";
5538 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
5539 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
5541 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
5543 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
5544 case DW_AT_language
:
5545 return "DW_AT_language";
5547 return "DW_AT_member";
5549 return "DW_AT_discr";
5550 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
5551 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
5552 case DW_AT_visibility
:
5553 return "DW_AT_visibility";
5555 return "DW_AT_import";
5556 case DW_AT_string_length
:
5557 return "DW_AT_string_length";
5558 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
5559 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
5560 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
5561 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
5562 case DW_AT_const_value
:
5563 return "DW_AT_const_value";
5564 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
5565 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
5566 case DW_AT_default_value
:
5567 return "DW_AT_default_value";
5569 return "DW_AT_inline";
5570 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
5571 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
5572 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
5573 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
5574 case DW_AT_producer
:
5575 return "DW_AT_producer";
5576 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
5577 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
5578 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
5579 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
5580 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
5581 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
5582 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
5583 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
5584 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
5585 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
5586 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
5587 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
5588 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
5589 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
5590 case DW_AT_address_class
:
5591 return "DW_AT_address_class";
5592 case DW_AT_artificial
:
5593 return "DW_AT_artificial";
5594 case DW_AT_base_types
:
5595 return "DW_AT_base_types";
5596 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
5597 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
5599 return "DW_AT_count";
5600 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
5601 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
5602 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
5603 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
5604 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
5605 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
5606 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
5607 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
5608 case DW_AT_declaration
:
5609 return "DW_AT_declaration";
5610 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
5611 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
5612 case DW_AT_encoding
:
5613 return "DW_AT_encoding";
5614 case DW_AT_external
:
5615 return "DW_AT_external";
5616 case DW_AT_explicit
:
5617 return "DW_AT_explicit";
5618 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
5619 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
5621 return "DW_AT_friend";
5622 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
5623 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
5624 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
5625 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
5626 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
5627 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
5628 case DW_AT_priority
:
5629 return "DW_AT_priority";
5631 return "DW_AT_segment";
5632 case DW_AT_specification
:
5633 return "DW_AT_specification";
5634 case DW_AT_static_link
:
5635 return "DW_AT_static_link";
5637 return "DW_AT_type";
5638 case DW_AT_use_location
:
5639 return "DW_AT_use_location";
5640 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
5641 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
5642 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
5643 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
5644 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
5645 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
5647 case DW_AT_allocated
:
5648 return "DW_AT_allocated";
5649 case DW_AT_associated
:
5650 return "DW_AT_associated";
5651 case DW_AT_data_location
:
5652 return "DW_AT_data_location";
5653 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
5654 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
5655 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
5656 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
5657 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
5658 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
5659 case DW_AT_extension
:
5660 return "DW_AT_extension";
5662 return "DW_AT_ranges";
5663 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
5664 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
5665 case DW_AT_call_column
:
5666 return "DW_AT_call_column";
5667 case DW_AT_call_file
:
5668 return "DW_AT_call_file";
5669 case DW_AT_call_line
:
5670 return "DW_AT_call_line";
5672 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
5673 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
5674 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
5675 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
5676 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
5677 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
5678 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
5679 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
5680 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
5681 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
5682 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
5683 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
5684 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
5685 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
5686 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
5687 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
5688 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
5689 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
5690 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
5691 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
5692 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
5693 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
5695 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
5696 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
5697 case DW_AT_src_info
:
5698 return "DW_AT_src_info";
5699 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
5700 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
5701 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
5702 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
5703 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
5704 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
5705 case DW_AT_body_end
:
5706 return "DW_AT_body_end";
5707 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
5708 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
5710 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
5711 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
5714 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
5718 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
5721 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
5726 return "DW_FORM_addr";
5727 case DW_FORM_block2
:
5728 return "DW_FORM_block2";
5729 case DW_FORM_block4
:
5730 return "DW_FORM_block4";
5732 return "DW_FORM_data2";
5734 return "DW_FORM_data4";
5736 return "DW_FORM_data8";
5737 case DW_FORM_string
:
5738 return "DW_FORM_string";
5740 return "DW_FORM_block";
5741 case DW_FORM_block1
:
5742 return "DW_FORM_block1";
5744 return "DW_FORM_data1";
5746 return "DW_FORM_flag";
5748 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
5750 return "DW_FORM_strp";
5752 return "DW_FORM_udata";
5753 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
5754 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
5756 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
5758 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
5760 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
5762 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
5763 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
5764 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
5765 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
5766 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
5768 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
5772 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
5773 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
5774 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
5775 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
5779 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl
)
5781 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl
), TS_DECL_COMMON
))
5784 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
5785 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
5786 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
5787 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
5790 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
5791 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
5792 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)));
5794 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
5797 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
5798 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
5802 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
5804 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
5806 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
5807 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
5809 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
5810 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
5812 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
5813 context
= NULL_TREE
;
5818 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
5821 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
5823 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
5827 if (die
->die_attr
== NULL
)
5828 die
->die_attr
= VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node
, gc
, 1);
5829 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node
, gc
, die
->die_attr
, attr
);
5832 static inline enum dw_val_class
5833 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
5835 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
5838 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
5841 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
5845 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5846 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
5847 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
5848 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5851 static inline unsigned
5852 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
5854 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
);
5855 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
5858 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
5861 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
5865 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5866 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
5867 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
5868 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5871 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
5872 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
5874 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
);
5875 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
5878 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
5881 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5882 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
5886 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5887 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
5888 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
5889 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5892 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
5893 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
5895 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
);
5896 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
5899 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
5902 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5903 long unsigned int val_hi
, long unsigned int val_low
)
5907 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5908 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
5909 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
5910 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
5911 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5914 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
5917 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5918 unsigned int length
, unsigned int elt_size
, unsigned char *array
)
5922 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5923 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
5924 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
5925 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
5926 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
5927 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5930 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
5933 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
5935 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
5939 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
5941 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
5942 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
5945 static struct indirect_string_node
*
5946 find_AT_string (const char *str
)
5948 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
5951 if (! debug_str_hash
)
5952 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
5953 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
5955 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
5956 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
5959 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*)
5960 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
5961 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
5965 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
5971 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
5974 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
5977 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
5979 node
= find_AT_string (str
);
5981 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5982 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
5983 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
5984 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5987 static inline const char *
5988 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
5990 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
5991 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
5994 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
5995 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
5997 static enum dwarf_form
5998 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
6000 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
6004 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
6006 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
6010 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
6012 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
6013 always better to put it inline. */
6014 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
6015 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
6017 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
6018 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
6020 if ((debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
6021 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
6022 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
6024 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
6025 ++dw2_string_counter
;
6026 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
6028 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
6031 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
6034 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
6038 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6039 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
6040 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
6041 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
6042 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6045 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
6046 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
6049 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
6051 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
6052 gcc_assert (!targ_die
->die_definition
);
6053 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
6056 static inline dw_die_ref
6057 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
6059 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
6060 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
6064 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
6066 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
6067 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
6073 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
6075 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
6076 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
6079 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
6082 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
6086 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6087 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
6088 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
6089 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6092 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
6095 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
6099 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6100 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
6101 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
6102 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6105 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
6106 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
6108 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
6109 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
6113 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
6117 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6118 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
6119 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
6120 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6121 have_location_lists
= true;
6124 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6125 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
6127 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
6128 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
6131 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
6134 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
6138 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6139 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
6140 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
6141 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6144 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
6147 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
6149 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
);
6150 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
6153 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
6156 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6157 struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
)
6161 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6162 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_file
;
6163 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
= fd
;
6164 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6167 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
6169 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
6170 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a
)
6172 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_file
);
6173 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
;
6176 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
6179 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
6183 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6184 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
6185 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
6186 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6189 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
6190 debug_line section. */
6193 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6198 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6199 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lineptr
;
6200 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
6201 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6204 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
6205 debug_macinfo section. */
6208 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6213 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6214 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_macptr
;
6215 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
6216 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6219 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
6222 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6223 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
6227 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6228 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
6229 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
6230 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6233 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
6236 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6237 long unsigned int offset
)
6241 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6242 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
6243 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
6244 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6247 static inline const char *
6248 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
6250 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
6251 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lineptr
6252 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_macptr
));
6253 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
6256 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
6259 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
6263 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
6268 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6269 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
6271 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
6272 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
6276 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
6281 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
6282 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
6283 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
6285 static inline const char *
6286 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
6288 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
6290 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
6293 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
6294 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
6295 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
6297 static inline const char *
6298 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
6300 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
6302 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
6305 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
6306 NULL if it is not present. */
6308 static inline const char *
6309 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
6311 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
6313 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
6316 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
6317 if it is not present. */
6320 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
6322 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
6324 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
6327 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
6328 if it is not present. */
6330 static inline unsigned
6331 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
6333 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
6335 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
6338 static inline dw_die_ref
6339 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
6341 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
6343 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
6346 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
6347 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
6349 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
6351 return a
? AT_file (a
) : NULL
;
6354 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
6359 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
6361 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC
6362 || lang
== DW_LANG_C99
6363 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
);
6366 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
6371 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
6373 return lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
6376 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
6381 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
6383 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
6384 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
6385 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran95
);
6388 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
6393 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
6395 return lang
== DW_LANG_Java
;
6398 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
6403 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
6405 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
6408 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
6411 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
6419 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6420 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
6422 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
6423 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
6424 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
6426 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
6428 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
);
6433 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
6434 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
6437 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
6439 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
6440 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== child
);
6443 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
);
6447 prev
->die_sib
= child
->die_sib
;
6448 if (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
)
6449 child
->die_parent
->die_child
= prev
;
6452 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
6456 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
6462 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
6464 while (c
->die_tag
== tag
)
6466 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
6467 /* Might have removed every child. */
6468 if (c
== c
->die_sib
)
6472 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
6475 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
6478 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
6480 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
6481 if (! die
|| ! child_die
)
6483 gcc_assert (die
!= child_die
);
6485 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
6488 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
->die_sib
;
6489 die
->die_child
->die_sib
= child_die
;
6492 child_die
->die_sib
= child_die
;
6493 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
6496 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
6497 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
6498 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
6501 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
6505 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
6506 specification DIE at toplevel. */
6507 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
6509 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
6515 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== parent
6516 || (child
->die_parent
6517 == get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
)));
6519 for (p
= child
->die_parent
->die_child
; ; p
= p
->die_sib
)
6520 if (p
->die_sib
== child
)
6522 remove_child_with_prev (child
, p
);
6526 add_child_die (parent
, child
);
6529 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
6531 static inline dw_die_ref
6532 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
6534 dw_die_ref die
= GGC_CNEW (die_node
);
6536 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
6538 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
6539 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
6542 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
6544 limbo_node
= GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node
);
6545 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
6546 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
6547 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
6548 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
6554 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
6556 static inline dw_die_ref
6557 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
6559 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
6562 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
6565 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
6567 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
6570 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
6573 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
6575 return (hashval_t
) ((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
;
6578 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
6581 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
6583 return (((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
6586 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
6588 static inline dw_die_ref
6589 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
6591 return (dw_die_ref
) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
6594 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
6597 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x
)
6599 return (hashval_t
) ((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
;
6602 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
6606 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
6608 return (((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
6611 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
6613 static inline var_loc_list
*
6614 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl
)
6616 return (var_loc_list
*)
6617 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
6620 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
6623 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
6625 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
6628 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
6630 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
6633 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
6636 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, struct var_loc_node
*loc
)
6638 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
6642 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
6645 temp
= GGC_CNEW (var_loc_list
);
6646 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
6650 temp
= (var_loc_list
*) *slot
;
6654 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
6655 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
6656 we have nothing to do. */
6657 if ((!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
),
6658 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc
->var_loc_note
)))
6659 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
)
6660 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc
->var_loc_note
))
6661 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
)
6662 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
6663 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc
->var_loc_note
)
6664 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
))))
6666 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
6667 temp
->last
->next
= loc
;
6671 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
6672 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
6679 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
6680 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
6681 the DIE internal representation. */
6682 static int print_indent
;
6684 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
6687 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
6689 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
6692 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
6693 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
6696 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
6702 print_spaces (outfile
);
6703 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
6704 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
6705 print_spaces (outfile
);
6706 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
6707 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %ld\n", die
->die_offset
);
6709 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6711 print_spaces (outfile
);
6712 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
6714 switch (AT_class (a
))
6716 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6717 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
6719 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6720 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
6722 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6723 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
6725 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6726 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
6727 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
6729 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6730 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
6732 case dw_val_class_const
:
6733 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
6735 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6736 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
6738 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6739 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
6740 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
6741 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
6743 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6744 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point or vector constant");
6746 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6747 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
6749 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6750 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
6752 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
6753 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
6755 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
6758 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
6760 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6761 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
6762 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
6763 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
6765 case dw_val_class_str
:
6766 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
6767 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
6769 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
6771 case dw_val_class_file
:
6772 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a
)->filename
,
6773 AT_file (a
)->emitted_number
);
6779 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
6782 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6785 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, print_die (c
, outfile
));
6788 if (print_indent
== 0)
6789 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
6792 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
6793 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
6796 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
6799 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
6801 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
6802 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
6804 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
6805 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i
,
6806 line_info
->dw_file_num
,
6807 line_info
->dw_line_num
);
6810 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
6813 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
6816 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6818 print_die (die
, stderr
);
6821 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
6822 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
6828 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
6829 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
6830 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
6833 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
6834 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
6835 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
6838 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
6840 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
6841 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
6843 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
6847 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
6850 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
6852 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
6854 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
6858 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
6859 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
6861 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
6864 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
6866 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
6867 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
6868 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
6871 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
6874 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
6876 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
6879 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
6881 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
6882 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6883 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
6886 switch (AT_class (at
))
6888 case dw_val_class_const
:
6889 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
6891 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6892 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
6894 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6895 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
6897 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6898 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
6900 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6901 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
6903 case dw_val_class_str
:
6904 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
6907 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6909 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
6910 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
6913 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6914 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6917 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6918 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
6919 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
6922 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6923 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
6926 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6927 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6928 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
6929 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
6932 case dw_val_class_file
:
6933 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
6941 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
6944 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
6950 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6953 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
6956 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
6958 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
6960 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6961 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
6963 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
));
6967 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
6969 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
6971 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
6973 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
6974 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
6975 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
6978 /* Do the values look the same? */
6980 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*v1
, const dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
6982 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
6985 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
6988 switch (v1
->val_class
)
6990 case dw_val_class_const
:
6991 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
6992 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6993 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
6994 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6995 return v1
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
6996 && v1
->v
.val_long_long
.low
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6997 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6998 if (v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.length
6999 || v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
7001 if (memcmp (v1
->v
.val_vec
.array
, v2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
7002 v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
* v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
7005 case dw_val_class_flag
:
7006 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
7007 case dw_val_class_str
:
7008 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
7010 case dw_val_class_addr
:
7011 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
7012 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
7013 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
7015 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r1
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
7016 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1
, 0), XSTR (r2
, 0));
7018 case dw_val_class_offset
:
7019 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
7021 case dw_val_class_loc
:
7022 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
7024 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
7025 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
7027 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
7029 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
7030 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
7032 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
7033 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7034 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
7035 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
7038 case dw_val_class_file
:
7039 return v1
->v
.val_file
== v2
->v
.val_file
;
7046 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
7049 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
7051 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
7054 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
7055 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
7056 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
7059 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
7062 /* Do the dies look the same? */
7065 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
7071 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
7073 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
7074 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
7076 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
7079 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
)
7080 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
))
7083 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
, ix
, a1
); ix
++)
7084 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
, ix
), mark
))
7087 c1
= die1
->die_child
;
7088 c2
= die2
->die_child
;
7097 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
7101 if (c1
== die1
->die_child
)
7103 if (c2
== die2
->die_child
)
7113 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
7116 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
7119 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
7121 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
7122 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
7127 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
7129 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
7131 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
7132 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
7134 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
7135 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
7138 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
7140 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
7141 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
7142 char *name
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base
) + 64);
7145 unsigned char checksum
[16];
7148 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
7149 the name filename of the unit. */
7151 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
7153 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
7154 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
7155 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
7157 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
7158 clean_symbol_name (name
);
7160 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
7161 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
7163 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
7167 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
7168 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
7171 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
7174 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
7176 switch (die
->die_tag
)
7178 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
7179 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
7180 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
7181 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
7182 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
7183 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
7184 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
7185 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
7186 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
7187 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
7188 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
7189 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
7190 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
7191 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
7192 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
7193 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
7194 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
7195 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
7196 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
7203 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
7204 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
7205 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
7206 compilations (functions). */
7209 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
7211 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
7212 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
7213 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
7214 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
7216 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
7219 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
7220 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
7221 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
7222 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
7224 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
7226 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
7229 return is_type_die (c
);
7232 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
7233 compilation unit. */
7236 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
7238 return (is_type_die (c
)
7239 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
7240 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
))
7241 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
7242 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
);
7246 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
7250 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
7251 return xstrdup (buf
);
7254 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
7257 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
7261 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
7263 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
7265 char *p
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
7267 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
7268 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
7269 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
7272 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
7275 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, assign_symbol_names (c
));
7278 struct cu_hash_table_entry
7281 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
7282 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
7285 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
7287 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
7289 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry
=
7290 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of
;
7292 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_symbol
);
7296 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
7298 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry1
=
7299 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of1
;
7300 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
7302 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_symbol
, entry2
->die_symbol
);
7306 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
7308 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
,
7309 *entry
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) what
;
7319 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
7322 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
7324 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
7325 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
7327 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
7329 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
7330 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
7334 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
7336 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
7342 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
7346 entry
= XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry
);
7348 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
7349 entry
->next
= *slot
;
7355 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
7357 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
7359 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
7361 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
7362 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
7366 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
7369 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
7370 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
7371 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
7374 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
7377 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
7378 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
7379 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
7383 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
7385 while (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
7386 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
7388 dw_die_ref next
= c
->die_sib
;
7390 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
7391 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
7393 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
7394 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
7395 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
7396 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
7398 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
7400 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
7403 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
7406 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
7407 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
7411 assign_symbol_names (die
);
7412 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
7413 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
7419 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
7420 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
7421 &comdat_symbol_number
);
7422 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
7424 *pnode
= node
->next
;
7427 pnode
= &node
->next
;
7428 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
7429 comdat_symbol_number
);
7432 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
7435 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
7436 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
7437 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
7440 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
7444 if (! die
->die_child
)
7447 if (die
->die_parent
&& die
!= die
->die_parent
->die_child
)
7448 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
7450 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_sibling_attributes (c
));
7453 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
7456 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
7462 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7463 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
7464 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a
));
7466 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_location_lists (c
));
7469 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
7470 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
7471 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
7472 die are visited recursively. */
7475 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
7477 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
7478 unsigned int n_alloc
;
7483 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
7484 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
7485 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7486 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
7487 && AT_ref (a
)->die_mark
== 0)
7489 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
7491 set_AT_ref_external (a
, 1);
7494 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
7496 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
7497 dw_attr_ref die_a
, abbrev_a
;
7501 if (abbrev
->die_tag
!= die
->die_tag
)
7503 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) != (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
7506 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
)
7507 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
))
7510 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, die_a
); ix
++)
7512 abbrev_a
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
);
7513 if ((abbrev_a
->dw_attr
!= die_a
->dw_attr
)
7514 || (value_format (abbrev_a
) != value_format (die_a
)))
7524 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
7526 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
7528 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7529 abbrev_die_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, abbrev_die_table
,
7532 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
7533 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
7534 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
7537 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
7538 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
7541 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
7542 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, build_abbrev_table (c
));
7545 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
7548 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
)
7555 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
7558 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
7563 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
7564 .debug_info section. */
7566 static unsigned long
7567 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
7569 unsigned long size
= 0;
7573 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
7574 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7576 switch (AT_class (a
))
7578 case dw_val_class_addr
:
7579 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
7581 case dw_val_class_offset
:
7582 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
7584 case dw_val_class_loc
:
7586 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
7589 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
7593 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
7594 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
7596 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
7597 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
7599 case dw_val_class_const
:
7600 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
7602 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
7603 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
7605 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
7606 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
7608 case dw_val_class_vec
:
7609 size
+= constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
7610 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
7611 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
7612 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
; /* block */
7614 case dw_val_class_flag
:
7617 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
7618 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
7619 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
7621 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
7623 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
7624 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
7626 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7627 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
7629 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
7630 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
7631 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
7633 case dw_val_class_str
:
7634 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
7635 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
7637 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
7639 case dw_val_class_file
:
7640 size
+= constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
));
7650 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
7651 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
7652 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
7653 die_offset field in each DIE. */
7656 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
7660 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
7661 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
7663 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, calc_die_sizes (c
));
7665 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
7666 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
7667 next_die_offset
+= 1;
7670 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
7671 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
7672 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
7673 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
7676 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
7680 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
7683 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, mark_dies (c
));
7686 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
7689 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
7693 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
7696 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_dies (c
));
7699 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
7702 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
7712 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_all_dies (c
));
7714 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7715 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
7716 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
7719 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
7720 generated for the compilation unit. */
7722 static unsigned long
7723 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
7729 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
7730 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, p
); i
++)
7731 if (names
!= pubtype_table
7732 || p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
7733 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
7734 size
+= strlen (p
->name
) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
7736 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
7740 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
7742 static unsigned long
7743 size_of_aranges (void)
7747 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
7749 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
7750 if (text_section_used
)
7751 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
7752 if (cold_text_section_used
)
7753 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
7754 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
7756 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
7757 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
7761 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
7763 static enum dwarf_form
7764 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
7766 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
7768 case dw_val_class_addr
:
7769 return DW_FORM_addr
;
7770 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
7771 case dw_val_class_offset
:
7772 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
7773 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
7776 return DW_FORM_data4
;
7778 return DW_FORM_data8
;
7782 case dw_val_class_loc
:
7783 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
7786 return DW_FORM_block1
;
7788 return DW_FORM_block2
;
7792 case dw_val_class_const
:
7793 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
7794 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
7795 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
7798 return DW_FORM_data1
;
7800 return DW_FORM_data2
;
7802 return DW_FORM_data4
;
7804 return DW_FORM_data8
;
7808 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
7809 return DW_FORM_block1
;
7810 case dw_val_class_vec
:
7811 switch (constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
7812 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
7815 return DW_FORM_block1
;
7817 return DW_FORM_block2
;
7819 return DW_FORM_block4
;
7823 case dw_val_class_flag
:
7824 return DW_FORM_flag
;
7825 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
7826 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
7827 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
7830 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
7831 return DW_FORM_data
;
7832 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7833 return DW_FORM_addr
;
7834 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
7835 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
7836 return DW_FORM_data
;
7837 case dw_val_class_str
:
7838 return AT_string_form (a
);
7839 case dw_val_class_file
:
7840 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
)))
7843 return DW_FORM_data1
;
7845 return DW_FORM_data2
;
7847 return DW_FORM_data4
;
7857 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
7860 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
7862 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
7864 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
7867 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
7871 output_abbrev_section (void)
7873 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
7875 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
7877 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
7881 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
7882 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
7883 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
7885 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
7886 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
7888 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
7890 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
, a_attr
);
7893 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
7894 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
7895 output_value_format (a_attr
);
7898 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
7899 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
7902 /* Terminate the table. */
7903 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
7906 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
7909 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
7911 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
7916 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
7917 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
7918 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
7920 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, sym
);
7922 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
7925 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
7926 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
7927 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
7929 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7930 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
7931 const char *section
, unsigned int gensym
)
7933 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_list_node
);
7935 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
7937 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
7938 retlist
->section
= section
;
7940 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
7945 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
7948 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
,
7949 const char *begin
, const char *end
,
7950 const char *section
)
7954 /* Find the end of the chain. */
7955 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
7958 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
7959 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
7962 /* Output the location list given to us. */
7965 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
7967 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
7969 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7971 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
7972 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
7975 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
7976 if (strcmp (curr
->begin
, curr
->end
) == 0)
7978 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
7980 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
7981 "Location list begin address (%s)",
7982 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7983 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
7984 "Location list end address (%s)",
7985 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7989 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
7990 "Location list begin address (%s)",
7991 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7992 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
7993 "Location list end address (%s)",
7994 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7996 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
7998 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
7999 gcc_assert (size
<= 0xffff);
8000 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
8002 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
8005 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
8006 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
8007 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
8008 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
8009 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
8010 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
8013 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
8014 the definitions of each child DIE. */
8017 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
8024 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
8025 them to point to. */
8026 if (die
->die_symbol
)
8027 output_die_symbol (die
);
8029 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
8030 (unsigned long)die
->die_offset
,
8031 dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
8033 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
8035 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
8037 switch (AT_class (a
))
8039 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8040 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
8043 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8044 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
8048 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
8050 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
8052 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
8053 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
8054 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
8055 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
8060 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8061 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
8063 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
8064 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
8066 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
8069 case dw_val_class_const
:
8070 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
8071 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
8072 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
8073 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
8076 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8077 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
8078 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
8081 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
8083 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
8085 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
8086 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
8089 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
8091 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
8092 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
8096 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
8097 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
8100 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
8101 first
, "long long constant");
8102 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
8107 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8109 unsigned int elt_size
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
8110 unsigned int len
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
;
8114 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len
* elt_size
),
8115 len
* elt_size
, "%s", name
);
8116 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
8121 for (i
= 0, p
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
;
8124 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
8125 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
8129 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8130 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
8133 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
8135 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
8138 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
8143 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8144 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
8146 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
8149 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, debug_info_section
,
8154 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
8155 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
8160 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8164 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
8165 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
8166 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, debug_frame_section
,
8171 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8172 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
8175 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8176 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
8177 debug_line_section
, "%s", name
);
8180 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8181 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
8182 debug_macinfo_section
, "%s", name
);
8185 case dw_val_class_str
:
8186 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
8187 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
8188 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
8190 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
8192 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
8195 case dw_val_class_file
:
8197 int f
= maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
);
8199 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f
), f
, "%s (%s)", name
,
8200 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
);
8209 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_die (c
));
8211 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
8212 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
8213 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
8214 (unsigned long) die
->die_offset
);
8217 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
8218 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
8221 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
8223 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
8224 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
8225 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
8226 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
8227 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
8228 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
8229 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
8230 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
8231 debug_abbrev_section
,
8232 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
8233 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
8236 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
8239 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
8241 const char *secname
;
8244 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
8245 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
8248 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
8249 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
8250 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
8251 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
8252 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
8255 build_abbrev_table (die
);
8257 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
8258 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
8259 calc_die_sizes (die
);
8261 oldsym
= die
->die_symbol
;
8264 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
8266 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
8268 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
8269 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
8272 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
8274 /* Output debugging information. */
8275 output_compilation_unit_header ();
8278 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
8283 die
->die_symbol
= oldsym
;
8287 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
8290 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
8292 return lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
8295 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
8298 add_pubname_string (const char *str
, dw_die_ref die
)
8303 e
.name
= xstrdup (str
);
8304 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubname_table
, &e
);
8308 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
8311 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
8312 add_pubname_string (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1), die
);
8315 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
8318 add_pubtype (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
8323 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
8324 || die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
)
8325 && (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
|| COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl
)))
8330 if (TYPE_NAME (decl
))
8332 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
8333 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl
));
8334 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == TYPE_DECL
8335 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)))
8336 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)));
8338 e
.name
= xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
));
8342 e
.name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
8344 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
8346 if (e
.name
&& e
.name
[0] != '\0')
8347 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubtype_table
, &e
);
8351 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
8352 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
8355 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
8358 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames (names
);
8361 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
8362 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
8363 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
8364 if (names
== pubname_table
)
8365 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
8366 "Length of Public Names Info");
8368 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
8369 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
8370 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
8371 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
8373 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
8374 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
8375 "Compilation Unit Length");
8377 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, pub
); i
++)
8379 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
8380 if (names
== pubname_table
)
8381 gcc_assert (pub
->die
->die_mark
);
8383 if (names
!= pubtype_table
8384 || pub
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
8385 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
8387 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
8390 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
8394 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
8397 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
8400 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
8402 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
8405 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
8407 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
8408 arange_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, arange_table
,
8409 arange_table_allocated
);
8410 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
8411 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
8414 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
8417 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
8418 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
8419 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
8422 output_aranges (void)
8425 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
8427 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
8428 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
8429 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
8430 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
8431 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
8432 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
8433 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
8435 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
8436 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
8437 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
8439 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
8440 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
8442 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
8444 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
8445 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
8446 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
8447 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
8450 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
8451 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
8452 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
8453 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
8454 confused with the terminator. */
8455 if (text_section_used
)
8457 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
8458 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
8459 text_section_label
, "Length");
8461 if (cold_text_section_used
)
8463 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_text_section_label
,
8465 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_end_label
,
8466 cold_text_section_label
, "Length");
8469 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
8471 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
8473 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
8474 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
8476 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
8478 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
8480 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
8481 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
8485 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
8486 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
8487 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
8488 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
8489 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8491 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
8494 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
);
8496 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
8497 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
8498 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
8499 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
8504 /* Output the terminator words. */
8505 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
8506 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
8509 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
8513 add_ranges_num (int num
)
8515 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
8517 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
8519 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
8520 ranges_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct
, ranges_table
,
8521 ranges_table_allocated
);
8522 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
8523 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
8526 ranges_table
[in_use
].num
= num
;
8527 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
8529 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
8532 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
8533 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
8536 add_ranges (const_tree block
)
8538 return add_ranges_num (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
8541 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
8545 add_ranges_by_labels (const char *begin
, const char *end
)
8547 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_by_label_in_use
;
8549 if (in_use
== ranges_by_label_allocated
)
8551 ranges_by_label_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
8552 ranges_by_label
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
,
8554 ranges_by_label_allocated
);
8555 memset (ranges_by_label
+ ranges_by_label_in_use
, 0,
8556 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
8557 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
));
8560 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].begin
= begin
;
8561 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].end
= end
;
8562 ranges_by_label_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
8564 return add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use
- 1);
8568 output_ranges (void)
8571 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
8572 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
8574 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
8576 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].num
;
8580 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
8581 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
8583 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
8584 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
8586 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
8587 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
8588 base of the text section. */
8589 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
8591 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
8593 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
8594 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
8595 text_section_label
, NULL
);
8598 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
8599 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
8600 about whether the target supports cross-section
8604 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
8605 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
8606 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
8612 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
8613 else if (block_num
< 0)
8615 int lab_idx
= - block_num
- 1;
8617 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
8621 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
8622 function section, all we have to do is to take out
8624 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
8625 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
8627 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
8628 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
8629 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
8630 text_section_label
, NULL
);
8635 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
8636 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
8637 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
8638 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
8639 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
8645 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
8646 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
8652 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
8655 const char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
8656 const char *fname
; /* File name part. */
8657 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
8658 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
8659 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
8662 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
8666 const char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
8667 int length
; /* Path length. */
8668 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
8669 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
8670 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
8673 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
8674 the directories in the path. */
8677 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
8679 const struct file_info
*const s1
= (const struct file_info
*) p1
;
8680 const struct file_info
*const s2
= (const struct file_info
*) p2
;
8681 const unsigned char *cp1
;
8682 const unsigned char *cp2
;
8684 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
8685 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
8686 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
8687 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
8688 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
8689 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
8690 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
8692 cp1
= (const unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
8693 cp2
= (const unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
8699 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
8700 if ((cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
8701 || (cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
8702 return ((cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
8703 - (cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
8705 /* Character of current path component the same? */
8706 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
8711 struct file_name_acquire_data
8713 struct file_info
*files
;
8718 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
8721 file_name_acquire (void ** slot
, void *data
)
8723 struct file_name_acquire_data
*fnad
= (struct file_name_acquire_data
*) data
;
8724 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
8725 struct file_info
*fi
;
8728 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
>= d
->emitted_number
);
8730 if (! d
->emitted_number
)
8733 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
!= fnad
->used_files
);
8735 fi
= fnad
->files
+ fnad
->used_files
++;
8737 /* Skip all leading "./". */
8739 while (f
[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f
[1]))
8742 /* Create a new array entry. */
8744 fi
->length
= strlen (f
);
8747 /* Search for the file name part. */
8748 f
= strrchr (f
, DIR_SEPARATOR
);
8749 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
8751 char *g
= strrchr (fi
->path
, DIR_SEPARATOR_2
);
8755 if (f
== NULL
|| f
< g
)
8761 fi
->fname
= f
== NULL
? fi
->path
: f
+ 1;
8765 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
8766 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
8767 slowdowns with many input files. */
8770 output_file_names (void)
8772 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad
;
8774 struct file_info
*files
;
8775 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
8784 if (!last_emitted_file
)
8786 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
8787 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
8791 numfiles
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
;
8793 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
8794 files
= XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info
, numfiles
);
8795 dirs
= XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info
, numfiles
);
8798 fnad
.used_files
= 0;
8799 fnad
.max_files
= numfiles
;
8800 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_name_acquire
, &fnad
);
8801 gcc_assert (fnad
.used_files
== fnad
.max_files
);
8803 qsort (files
, numfiles
, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
8805 /* Find all the different directories used. */
8806 dirs
[0].path
= files
[0].path
;
8807 dirs
[0].length
= files
[0].fname
- files
[0].path
;
8808 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
8810 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
8811 files
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
8814 for (i
= 1; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
8815 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
8816 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
8817 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
8819 /* Same directory as last entry. */
8820 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
8821 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
8827 /* This is a new directory. */
8828 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
8829 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
8830 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
8831 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
8832 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
8834 /* Search for a prefix. */
8835 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
8836 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
8837 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
8838 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
8839 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
8840 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
8841 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
8842 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
8847 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
8848 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
8849 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
8850 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
8851 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
8852 results in most cases and never is much off. */
8853 saved
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
8854 savehere
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
8856 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
8857 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
8862 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
8863 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
8864 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
8865 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
8867 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
8870 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
8872 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
8877 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
8882 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
8883 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
8885 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
8886 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
8891 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
8893 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
8895 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
8896 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
8897 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
8899 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
8900 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
8902 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
8903 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
8908 /* Emit the directory name table. */
8910 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
8911 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
8912 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
8913 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", i
+ idx_offset
);
8915 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
8917 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
8918 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
8919 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
8920 backmap
= XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles
);
8921 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
8922 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
->emitted_number
- 1] = i
;
8924 /* Now write all the file names. */
8925 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
8927 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
8928 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
8930 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
8931 "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
8933 /* Include directory index. */
8934 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
8936 /* Modification time. */
8937 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
8939 /* File length in bytes. */
8940 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
8943 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
8947 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
8948 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
8951 output_line_info (void)
8953 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
8954 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
8955 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
8958 unsigned long lt_index
;
8959 unsigned long current_line
;
8962 unsigned long current_file
;
8963 unsigned long function
;
8965 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
8966 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
8967 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
8968 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
8970 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
8971 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
8972 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
8973 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
8974 "Length of Source Line Info");
8975 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
8977 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
8978 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
8979 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
8981 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
8982 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
8983 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
8984 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
8985 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
8986 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
8987 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
8988 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
8989 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
8990 "Minimum Instruction Length");
8992 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
8993 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
8994 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
8995 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
8996 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
8997 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
8998 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
8999 "Special Opcode Base");
9001 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
9005 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
9006 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
9007 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
9008 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
9009 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
9017 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
9021 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
9022 output_file_names ();
9023 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
9025 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
9026 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
9027 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
9029 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
9030 a series of state machine operations. */
9034 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
9035 strcpy (prev_line_label
, crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
);
9037 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
9038 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
9040 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
9043 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
9044 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
9047 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
9048 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
9049 that anything after the last address is this line. */
9050 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
9051 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
9055 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
9057 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
9058 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
9059 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
9060 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
9061 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
9062 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
9064 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
9067 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
9068 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
9069 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
9070 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
9074 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
9075 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
9076 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
9077 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
9078 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
9079 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
9082 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
9084 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
9085 different from the previous line. */
9086 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
9088 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
9089 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
9090 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
9093 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
9094 that uses the least amount of space. */
9095 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
9097 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
9098 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
9099 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
9100 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
9101 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
9102 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
9104 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
9105 "line %lu", current_line
);
9108 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
9109 depending on the value being encoded. */
9110 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
9111 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
9112 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
9113 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
9117 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
9118 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
9121 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
9124 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
9125 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
9126 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
9130 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
9131 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
9132 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
9133 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
9136 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
9137 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
9138 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
9143 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
9145 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
9146 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
9149 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
9150 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
9151 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
9152 && line_info
->function
== function
)
9156 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
9157 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
9158 to handle it differently. */
9159 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
9161 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
9163 function
= line_info
->function
;
9165 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
9166 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
9167 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
9168 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
9169 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
9173 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
9176 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
9177 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
9178 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
9182 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
9183 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
9184 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
9185 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
9189 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
9191 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
9192 different from the previous line. */
9193 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
9195 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
9196 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
9197 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
9200 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
9201 that uses the least amount of space. */
9202 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
9204 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
9205 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
9206 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
9207 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
9208 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
9209 "line %lu", current_line
);
9212 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
9213 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
9214 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
9215 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
9219 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
9227 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
9228 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
9229 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
9234 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
9235 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
9238 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
9239 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
9240 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
9244 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
9245 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
9246 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
9247 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
9250 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
9251 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
9252 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
9253 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
9257 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
9258 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
9261 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
9262 a DIE that describes the given type.
9264 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
9265 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
9268 base_type_die (tree type
)
9270 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
9271 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
9273 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
9276 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
9279 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
))
9281 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
9282 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
9284 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
9286 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
9287 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
9289 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
9293 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
9294 encoding
= DW_ATE_decimal_float
;
9296 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
9299 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
9300 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
9301 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed
;
9303 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_fixed
;
9306 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
9307 a user defined type for it. */
9309 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
9310 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
9312 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
9316 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
9317 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
9321 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
9325 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
9327 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
9328 if (! TYPE_NAME (type
))
9329 add_name_attribute (base_type_result
, "__unknown__");
9331 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
9332 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
9333 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
9335 return base_type_result
;
9338 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
9339 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
9342 is_base_type (tree type
)
9344 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
9350 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
9358 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
9363 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
9376 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
9377 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
9378 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
9379 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
9382 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
9383 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
9385 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9386 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
9387 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
9389 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
9390 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
9392 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
9395 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
9396 emitted as a subrange type. */
9399 is_subrange_type (const_tree type
)
9401 tree subtype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
9403 /* Subrange types are identified by the fact that they are integer
9404 types, and that they have a subtype which is either an integer type
9405 or an enumeral type. */
9407 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != INTEGER_TYPE
9408 || subtype
== NULL_TREE
)
9411 if (TREE_CODE (subtype
) != INTEGER_TYPE
9412 && TREE_CODE (subtype
) != ENUMERAL_TYPE
9413 && TREE_CODE (subtype
) != BOOLEAN_TYPE
)
9416 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == TREE_CODE (subtype
)
9417 && int_size_in_bytes (type
) == int_size_in_bytes (subtype
)
9418 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
9419 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype
) != NULL
9420 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
), TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype
))
9421 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
9422 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype
) != NULL
9423 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
), TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype
)))
9425 /* The type and its subtype have the same representation. If in
9426 addition the two types also have the same name, then the given
9427 type is not a subrange type, but rather a plain base type. */
9428 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-03-22:
9429 Sizetype INTEGER_CSTs nodes are canonicalized. It should
9430 therefore be sufficient to check the TYPE_SIZE node pointers
9431 rather than checking the actual size. Unfortunately, we have
9432 found some cases, such as in the Ada "integer" type, where
9433 this is not the case. Until this problem is solved, we need to
9434 keep checking the actual size. */
9435 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
9436 tree subtype_name
= TYPE_NAME (subtype
);
9438 if (type_name
!= NULL
&& TREE_CODE (type_name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
9439 type_name
= DECL_NAME (type_name
);
9441 if (subtype_name
!= NULL
&& TREE_CODE (subtype_name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
9442 subtype_name
= DECL_NAME (subtype_name
);
9444 if (type_name
== subtype_name
)
9451 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
9452 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
9455 subrange_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
9457 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9458 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
9460 if (context_die
== NULL
)
9461 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
9463 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
9465 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
9467 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
9468 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
9469 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
9472 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
9473 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
9474 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
));
9475 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
9476 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
9477 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
));
9479 return subrange_die
;
9482 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
9483 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
9486 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
9487 dw_die_ref context_die
)
9489 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
9490 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
;
9491 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
9492 tree item_type
= NULL
;
9493 tree qualified_type
;
9496 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
)
9499 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
9502 = get_qualified_type (type
,
9503 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
9504 | (is_volatile_type
? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
9506 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
9509 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
9511 return mod_type_die
;
9514 name
= qualified_type
? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
) : NULL
;
9516 /* Handle C typedef types. */
9517 if (name
&& TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
))
9519 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (name
);
9521 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
9523 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
9524 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
9525 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
9527 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
9528 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
9529 || (is_const_type
<= TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
9530 && is_volatile_type
<= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
9531 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
) != type
))
9532 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
9533 type to which it refers. */
9534 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
),
9535 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
9537 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
9542 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
9543 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
9545 else if (is_volatile_type
)
9547 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
9548 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
9550 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
9552 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
9553 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
9554 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
9555 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
9557 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
9559 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
9560 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
9561 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
9562 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
9564 else if (is_subrange_type (type
))
9566 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, context_die
);
9567 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
9569 else if (is_base_type (type
))
9570 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
9573 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
9575 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
9576 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
9577 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
9578 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
9579 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
9581 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
9582 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
9584 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
9585 not the main variant. */
9586 return lookup_type_die (type
);
9589 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
9590 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
9591 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type. */
9593 && (TREE_CODE (name
) != TYPE_DECL
9594 || (TREE_TYPE (name
) == qualified_type
&& DECL_NAME (name
))))
9596 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
9597 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
9598 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
9599 useful source coordinates anyway. */
9600 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
9601 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
9605 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type
, mod_type_die
);
9608 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
9609 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
9610 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
9611 types are possible in Ada. */
9612 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
9613 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
9614 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
9617 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
9618 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
9620 return mod_type_die
;
9623 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
9624 an enumerated type. */
9627 type_is_enum (const_tree type
)
9629 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
9632 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
9635 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl
)
9637 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
9639 gcc_assert (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
9641 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9642 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
9644 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
9646 regno
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
9650 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
9653 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
9654 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
9655 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
9658 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, int size
)
9660 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
9662 if (*list_head
!= NULL
)
9664 /* Find the end of the chain. */
9665 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
9668 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_piece
)
9669 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0);
9673 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
9674 zero if there is none. */
9676 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9677 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
9681 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
9684 regs
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (rtl
);
9686 if (hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)] > 1 || regs
)
9687 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
, initialized
);
9689 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl
), initialized
);
9692 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
9693 a given hard register number. */
9695 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9696 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
9698 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr
;
9702 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
), 0, 0);
9704 reg_loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
9706 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
9707 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
9709 return reg_loc_descr
;
9712 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
9713 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
9715 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9716 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
,
9717 enum var_init_status initialized
)
9721 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
9724 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9725 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
9727 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg
);
9729 reg
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
9732 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
) == dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
9733 nregs
= hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)];
9735 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
9736 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
9738 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
9745 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
),
9746 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
9747 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
9748 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
9754 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
9756 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs
) == PARALLEL
);
9758 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
9761 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
9765 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)),
9766 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
9767 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
9768 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
9769 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
9772 if (loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
9773 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
9777 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
9779 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
9781 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
9783 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9784 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
9786 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9788 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
9789 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
9793 op
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_lit0
+ i
);
9796 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
9798 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
9808 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
9810 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
9811 || i
>= -0x80000000)
9817 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
9821 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
9823 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
9825 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9826 based_loc_descr (rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
,
9827 enum var_init_status initialized
)
9830 dw_loc_descr_ref result
;
9831 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
9833 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
9834 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
9835 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
9836 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
9837 if (reg
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
9839 rtx elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
9843 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
9845 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
9846 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
9848 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
9849 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
9850 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
9851 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
9852 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
9853 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
9855 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
9856 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
9857 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
9858 access stack variables. */
9859 if (crtl
->stack_realign_tried
9860 && cfa
.reg
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9861 && reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
9864 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (cfa
.indirect
9865 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9866 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
9867 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg
, offset
);
9870 offset
+= frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
9871 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
9875 && fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
9876 && (fde
->drap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)
9877 || fde
->vdrap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)))
9879 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
9880 on stack when drap is used to align stack. */
9881 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
9884 regno
= dbx_reg_number (reg
);
9886 result
= new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ regno
),
9889 result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, regno
, offset
);
9891 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
9892 add_loc_descr (&result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
9897 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
9900 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl
)
9902 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
9903 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
9904 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
9905 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
9908 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N locations
9909 used to form the address of a memory location. */
9911 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9912 concatn_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn
, enum machine_mode mode
,
9913 enum var_init_status initialized
)
9916 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
9917 unsigned int n
= XVECLEN (concatn
, 0);
9919 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
)
9921 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
;
9922 rtx x
= XVECEXP (concatn
, 0, i
);
9924 ref
= mem_loc_descriptor (x
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
9928 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, ref
);
9929 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
)));
9932 if (cc_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
9933 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
9935 return cc_loc_result
;
9938 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
9941 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9942 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem
)
9945 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
9947 if (MEM_EXPR (mem
) == NULL_TREE
|| MEM_OFFSET (mem
) == NULL_RTX
)
9950 base
= get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem
));
9952 || TREE_CODE (base
) != VAR_DECL
9953 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base
))
9956 loc_result
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (MEM_EXPR (mem
), 2);
9957 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
9960 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)))
9961 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result
, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)));
9966 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
9967 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
9968 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
9969 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
9971 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
9972 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
9973 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
9974 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
9976 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
9977 autoincrement addressing modes.
9979 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
9980 location list for RTL.
9982 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
9984 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9985 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
9986 enum var_init_status initialized
)
9988 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
9989 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9991 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
9992 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
9993 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
9994 zeroth element of the array. */
9996 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
9998 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
10003 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
10004 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
10006 /* ... fall through ... */
10009 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
10010 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
10011 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
10012 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
10013 contains the given subreg. */
10014 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
10016 /* ... fall through ... */
10019 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
10020 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
10021 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
10022 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
10023 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
10024 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
10025 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
10026 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
10027 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
10028 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
10029 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
10030 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
10031 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
10032 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
10033 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (rtl
, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10034 else if (stack_realign_drap
10036 && crtl
->args
.internal_arg_pointer
== rtl
10037 && REGNO (crtl
->drap_reg
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
10039 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
10040 out, use DRAP instead. */
10041 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (crtl
->drap_reg
, 0,
10042 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10047 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
10048 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10049 if (mem_loc_result
== NULL
)
10050 mem_loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
10051 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
10052 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
10056 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
10058 /* ... fall through ... */
10061 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
10062 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
10066 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
10067 by a different symbol. */
10068 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
10071 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
10073 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
10076 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
10077 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
10082 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
10083 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
10084 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
10085 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
10090 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
10091 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
10092 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
10093 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
10097 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
10098 PLUS code below. */
10099 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
10104 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
10106 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
10107 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
10108 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
10109 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
10111 /* ... fall through ... */
10115 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
10116 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
10117 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)),
10118 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10121 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
10122 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10123 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
10126 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
10127 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result
, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
10130 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
10131 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
10132 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10133 if (mem_loc_result2
== 0)
10135 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, mem_loc_result2
);
10136 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
10137 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
10142 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
10143 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
10162 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
10163 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10164 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
10165 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10167 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
10170 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
10171 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
10172 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
10177 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
10181 mem_loc_result
= concatn_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
,
10182 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10186 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
10187 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
10192 gcc_unreachable ();
10195 if (mem_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
10196 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
10198 return mem_loc_result
;
10201 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
10202 This is typically a complex variable. */
10204 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10205 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
10207 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
10208 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10209 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10211 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
10214 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
10215 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)));
10217 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
10218 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)));
10220 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
10221 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
10223 return cc_loc_result
;
10226 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
10229 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10230 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
10233 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
10234 unsigned int n
= XVECLEN (concatn
, 0);
10236 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
)
10238 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
;
10239 rtx x
= XVECEXP (concatn
, 0, i
);
10241 ref
= loc_descriptor (x
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10245 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, ref
);
10246 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
)));
10249 if (cc_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
10250 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
10252 return cc_loc_result
;
10255 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
10256 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
10257 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
10258 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
10259 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
10261 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
10263 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10264 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
10266 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
10268 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
10271 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
10272 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
10273 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
10274 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
10275 contains the given subreg. */
10276 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
10278 /* ... fall through ... */
10281 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
10285 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
10287 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
10288 loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
10292 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1),
10297 loc_result
= concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
10302 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != PARALLEL
)
10304 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 1), 0), initialized
);
10308 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
10313 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
10314 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
10315 enum machine_mode mode
;
10318 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
10319 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0),
10321 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
10323 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
10324 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
10325 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
10327 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
10329 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0),
10333 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
10334 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
10335 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
10341 gcc_unreachable ();
10347 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
10348 up particularly with variable length arrays. WANT_ADDRESS is 2 if this is
10349 a top-level invocation of loc_descriptor_from_tree; is 1 if this is not a
10350 top-level invocation, and we require the address of LOC; is 0 if we require
10351 the value of LOC. */
10353 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10354 loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree loc
, int want_address
)
10356 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
10357 int have_address
= 0;
10358 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
10360 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
10361 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
10364 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
10369 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
10370 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
10371 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
10372 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
10373 the names of types. */
10379 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR
:
10380 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR
:
10381 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR
:
10382 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
:
10383 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
10387 /* If we already want an address, there's nothing we can do. */
10391 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
10392 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 1);
10395 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc
))
10398 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op
;
10399 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op
;
10401 if (targetm
.have_tls
)
10403 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
10405 if (!targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
10408 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
10409 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
10411 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
) && !targetm
.binds_local_p (loc
))
10413 first_op
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
;
10414 second_op
= DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
;
10418 if (!targetm
.emutls
.debug_form_tls_address
)
10420 loc
= emutls_decl (loc
);
10421 first_op
= DW_OP_addr
;
10422 second_op
= DW_OP_form_tls_address
;
10425 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
10426 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
10431 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
10432 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
10435 ret
= new_loc_descr (first_op
, 0, 0);
10436 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
10437 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
10439 ret1
= new_loc_descr (second_op
, 0, 0);
10440 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
10448 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc
))
10449 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
),
10454 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
10456 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
10458 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
10460 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_INT
)
10462 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
10463 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
10464 val
&= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc
));
10465 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (val
);
10467 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
10469 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
10471 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
10472 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
10473 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
10477 enum machine_mode mode
;
10479 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
10480 if (want_address
== 2)
10481 return loc_descriptor (rtl
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10483 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
10486 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
10489 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10495 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
10499 case COMPOUND_EXPR
:
10500 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), want_address
);
10503 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
10506 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), want_address
);
10508 case COMPONENT_REF
:
10509 case BIT_FIELD_REF
:
10511 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
10514 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
10515 enum machine_mode mode
;
10517 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
10519 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
10520 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
10525 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (obj
, 1);
10527 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
10530 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
10532 /* Variable offset. */
10533 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (offset
, 0);
10536 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
10537 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
10540 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10541 loc_descr_plus_const (&ret
, bytepos
);
10548 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
10549 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
10556 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
10557 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
10558 enum machine_mode mode
;
10560 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
10562 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
10563 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
10564 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10569 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
10570 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
10575 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
10580 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR
:
10581 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
10586 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
10587 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR
:
10588 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
10589 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
10597 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
10598 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR
:
10599 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
10600 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
10613 op
= (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) ? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
10616 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
10618 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
10619 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
10621 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
10625 loc_descr_plus_const (&ret
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0));
10633 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
10640 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
10647 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
10654 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
10669 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
10670 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
10671 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
10674 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
10675 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
10678 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
10692 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
10696 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
10702 const enum tree_code code
=
10703 TREE_CODE (loc
) == MIN_EXPR
? GT_EXPR
: LT_EXPR
;
10705 loc
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
10706 build2 (code
, integer_type_node
,
10707 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
10708 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
10711 /* ... fall through ... */
10715 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
10716 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
10717 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
10718 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
10719 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
10721 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
10722 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
10725 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
10726 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
10728 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
10729 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
10730 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
10732 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
10733 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
10734 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
10736 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
10737 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
10738 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
10739 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
10740 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
10744 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR
:
10748 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
10749 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
10750 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
10751 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
10754 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
10755 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
10756 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
10757 gcc_unreachable ();
10759 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
10760 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
10765 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
10766 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
10769 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
10770 if (!want_address
&& have_address
&& ret
)
10772 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
10774 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
10776 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
10779 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
10781 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
10787 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
10788 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
)
10790 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (loc
, 2);
10793 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
10794 which is not less than the value itself. */
10796 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
10797 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
10799 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
10802 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
10803 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
10804 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
10805 ERROR_MARK node. */
10808 field_type (const_tree decl
)
10812 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
10813 return integer_type_node
;
10815 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
10816 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
10817 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
10822 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
10823 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
10824 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
10826 static inline unsigned
10827 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type
)
10829 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
10832 static inline unsigned
10833 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl
)
10835 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
10838 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
10840 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
10841 round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t
, unsigned int align
)
10843 /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
10844 either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
10845 rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
10846 direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */
10847 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u
= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) t
;
10853 return (HOST_WIDE_INT
) u
;
10856 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
10857 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
10858 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
10859 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
10860 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
10863 static HOST_WIDE_INT
10864 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl
)
10866 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
10867 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
10869 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
10872 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
10874 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
10875 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
10876 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
10877 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
10880 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
10882 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
10883 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
)
10886 tree field_size_tree
;
10887 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
10888 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
10889 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
10890 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
10891 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
10893 type
= field_type (decl
);
10894 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
10895 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
10897 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
10899 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
10900 a flexible array member. */
10901 if (!field_size_tree
)
10902 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
10904 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
10905 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
10906 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
10908 field_size_in_bits
= type_size_in_bits
;
10910 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
10912 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
10913 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
10914 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
10915 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
10916 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
10917 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
10918 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
10919 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
10920 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
10922 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
10924 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
10925 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
10926 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
10927 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
10928 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
10929 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
10930 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
10931 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
10932 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
10933 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
10934 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
10936 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
10937 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
10938 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
10939 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
10940 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
10941 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
10942 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
10943 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
10944 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
10945 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
10948 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
10949 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
10950 must have believed that the containing object started (within
10951 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
10952 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
10953 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
10954 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
10956 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
10957 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
10958 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
10960 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
10961 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
10963 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
10965 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
10967 object_offset_in_bits
10968 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, type_align_in_bits
);
10970 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
10972 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
10974 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
10975 object_offset_in_bits
10976 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, decl_align_in_bits
);
10981 object_offset_in_bits
= bitpos_int
;
10983 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10986 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
10987 associated with them. */
10989 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
10991 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
10992 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
10993 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
10996 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
10997 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
11000 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
11003 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
11004 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
11005 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
11006 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
11007 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
11008 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
11011 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
11012 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
11013 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
11014 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
11015 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
11016 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
11017 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
11018 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
11019 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
11020 function below.) */
11023 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
11025 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
11026 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
11028 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_BINFO
)
11030 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
11031 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl
) && is_cxx ())
11033 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
11034 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
11035 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
11036 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
11038 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
11040 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
11042 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
11044 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
11045 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
11046 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
11048 /* Extract the vtable address. */
11049 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
11050 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
11052 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
11053 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
11054 gcc_assert (offset
< 0);
11056 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
11057 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
11058 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
11059 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
11061 /* Extract the offset. */
11062 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
11063 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
11065 /* Add it to the object address. */
11066 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
11067 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
11070 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
11073 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
11077 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
11079 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
11080 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
11081 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
11083 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11084 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
11085 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
11089 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
11092 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
11095 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
11098 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
11101 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, unsigned int size
, unsigned char *dest
)
11105 *dest
++ = val
& 0xff;
11111 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
11113 static HOST_WIDE_INT
11114 extract_int (const unsigned char *src
, unsigned int size
)
11116 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= 0;
11122 val
|= *--src
& 0xff;
11128 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
11131 insert_float (const_rtx rtl
, unsigned char *array
)
11133 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv
;
11137 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
11138 real_to_target (val
, &rv
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
11140 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
11141 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / 4; i
++)
11143 insert_int (val
[i
], 4, array
);
11148 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
11149 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
11150 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
11151 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
11152 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
11155 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
11157 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
11161 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
11164 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
11166 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
11171 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
11172 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
11173 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
11174 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
11176 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
11178 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
11180 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
11181 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
);
11183 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
11184 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
/ 4, 4, array
);
11188 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
11189 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
== HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
);
11191 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
11192 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
11199 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
11200 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
11201 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
11202 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
* elt_size
);
11206 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
11208 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
11209 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
11211 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
11212 HOST_WIDE_INT lo
, hi
;
11214 switch (GET_CODE (elt
))
11222 lo
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt
);
11223 hi
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt
);
11227 gcc_unreachable ();
11230 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
11231 insert_int (lo
, elt_size
, p
);
11234 unsigned char *p0
= p
;
11235 unsigned char *p1
= p
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
11237 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
11238 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
11243 insert_int (lo
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
11244 insert_int (hi
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
11249 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
11250 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
11252 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
11253 insert_float (elt
, p
);
11258 gcc_unreachable ();
11261 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, elt_size
, array
);
11266 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
11272 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
11273 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
11277 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
11278 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
11279 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
11280 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
11281 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
11282 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
11283 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
11284 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
11285 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
11286 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
11287 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
11291 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
11292 gcc_unreachable ();
11297 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
11298 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
11301 reference_to_unused (tree
* tp
, int * walk_subtrees
,
11302 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11304 if (! EXPR_P (*tp
) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp
))
11305 *walk_subtrees
= 0;
11307 if (DECL_P (*tp
) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp
) && ! TREE_USED (*tp
)
11308 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
11310 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
11311 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
11312 be conservative. */
11313 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
11314 && (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
11316 else if (DECL_P (*tp
) && TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
)
11318 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node (*tp
);
11322 else if (DECL_P (*tp
) && TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
11323 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp
) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp
)))
11325 struct cgraph_node
*node
= cgraph_node (*tp
);
11326 if (node
->process
|| TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
11329 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == STRING_CST
&& !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
11335 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
11336 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
11339 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init
, tree type
)
11341 rtx rtl
= NULL_RTX
;
11343 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
11344 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
11345 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == STRING_CST
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
11347 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11348 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
11349 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
11351 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
11353 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
11354 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
11355 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
11356 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
11357 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
11358 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
11359 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
11361 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
11363 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
) || TREE_CODE (type
) == COMPLEX_TYPE
)
11365 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
11366 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
11367 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
&& TYPE_MODE (type
) == BLKmode
)
11369 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
11370 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
11371 reference variables which won't be output. */
11372 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
)
11373 && ! walk_tree (&init
, reference_to_unused
, NULL
, NULL
))
11375 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
11377 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
11378 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
11383 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init
))
11385 VEC(constructor_elt
,gc
) *elts
= CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
);
11386 bool constant_p
= true;
11388 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix
;
11390 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
11391 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
11392 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
11393 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts
, ix
, value
)
11394 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value
))
11396 constant_p
= false;
11402 init
= build_vector_from_ctor (type
, elts
);
11412 rtl
= expand_expr (init
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
11414 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
11415 gcc_assert (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
));
11421 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
11424 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
11428 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
11429 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
11430 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
11432 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
11433 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
11434 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
11435 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
11436 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
11437 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
11438 referenced within the function.
11440 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
11441 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
11442 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
11443 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
11445 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
11446 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
11447 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
11448 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
11449 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
11450 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
11452 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
11453 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
11454 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
11455 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
11456 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
11457 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
11458 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
11459 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
11460 output at debug-time.
11462 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
11463 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
11464 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
11465 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
11466 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
11467 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
11468 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
11469 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
11470 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
11471 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
11472 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
11473 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
11474 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
11476 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
11477 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
11478 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
11479 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
11480 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
11481 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
11482 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
11483 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
11484 I'd like to fix it.
11486 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
11487 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
11488 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
11489 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
11490 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
11491 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
11492 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
11493 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
11494 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
11495 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
11496 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
11498 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
11499 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
11501 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
11502 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
11503 fixed registers. */
11504 if (! reload_completed
)
11507 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
11509 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
11511 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
11512 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
11514 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
11519 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
11521 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
11523 tree declared_type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
11524 tree passed_type
= DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
);
11525 enum machine_mode dmode
= TYPE_MODE (declared_type
);
11526 enum machine_mode pmode
= TYPE_MODE (passed_type
);
11528 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
11529 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
11530 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
11531 if (dmode
== pmode
)
11532 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
11533 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode
)
11534 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
11535 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
11537 rtx inc
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
11540 else if (MEM_P (inc
))
11542 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
11543 rtl
= adjust_address_nv (inc
, dmode
,
11544 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
11545 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
));
11552 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
11553 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
11554 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
11555 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
11556 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
11557 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
11559 else if (MEM_P (rtl
)
11560 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
11561 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
11562 /* Not passed in memory. */
11563 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
11564 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
11565 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
11566 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
11567 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
11568 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
11569 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
11572 /* Big endian correction check. */
11573 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
11574 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
11575 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
11578 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
11579 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
11581 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
11582 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
11585 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
11588 && GET_MODE (rtl
) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
11589 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
11591 int rsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
11592 int dsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
11594 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
11595 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
11596 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
11597 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
11598 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
11599 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
11601 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
11602 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), rsize
-dsize
));
11605 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
11606 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
11607 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
11608 if (!rtl
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
11609 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11612 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
11614 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
11615 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
11616 code, and thus is not emitted. */
11618 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
11623 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
11624 address ranges where a given location is valid.
11625 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
11626 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
11627 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
11628 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
11630 static const char *
11631 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl
)
11633 const char *secname
;
11635 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
11637 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
11638 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
11640 else if (current_function_decl
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
11642 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
11643 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
11645 else if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
11646 secname
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
11648 secname
= text_section_label
;
11653 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
11654 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
11655 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
11658 fortran_common (tree decl
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*value
)
11660 tree val_expr
, cvar
;
11661 enum machine_mode mode
;
11662 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
;
11664 int volatilep
= 0, unsignedp
= 0;
11666 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't public or static, or if
11667 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
11668 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
11669 be handled as such. */
11670 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
11671 || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
11672 || !TREE_STATIC (decl
)
11673 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl
)
11677 val_expr
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl
);
11678 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr
) != COMPONENT_REF
)
11681 cvar
= get_inner_reference (val_expr
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
,
11682 &mode
, &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, true);
11684 if (cvar
== NULL_TREE
11685 || TREE_CODE (cvar
) != VAR_DECL
11686 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar
)
11687 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar
))
11691 if (offset
!= NULL
)
11693 if (!host_integerp (offset
, 0))
11695 *value
= tree_low_cst (offset
, 0);
11698 *value
+= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
11703 /* Dereference a location expression LOC if DECL is passed by invisible
11706 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11707 loc_by_reference (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, tree decl
)
11709 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
11710 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
11715 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
11716 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != RESULT_DECL
11717 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
)
11718 || !DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl
))
11721 /* If loc is DW_OP_reg{0...31,x}, don't add DW_OP_deref, instead
11722 change it into corresponding DW_OP_breg{0...31,x} 0. Then the
11723 location expression is considered to be address of a memory location,
11724 rather than the register itself. */
11725 if (((loc
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_reg0
&& loc
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_reg31
)
11726 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_regx
)
11727 && (loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
11728 || (loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_uninit
11729 && loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
)))
11731 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_regx
)
11733 loc
->dw_loc_opc
= DW_OP_bregx
;
11734 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
= 0;
11739 = (enum dwarf_location_atom
)
11740 (loc
->dw_loc_opc
+ (DW_OP_breg0
- DW_OP_reg0
));
11741 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
= 0;
11746 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11747 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
11749 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
11752 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
11753 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
11757 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
11758 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
11759 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
11760 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
11761 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
11762 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
11763 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
11764 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
11765 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
11766 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
11769 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
,
11770 enum dwarf_attribute attr
)
11773 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
11774 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
11775 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
11776 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
11779 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
11780 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
);
11782 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
11783 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
11785 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
11787 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
!= loc_list
->last
)
11789 const char *endname
, *secname
;
11790 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
11792 enum var_init_status initialized
;
11794 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
11795 actually construct the list of locations.
11796 The first location information is what is passed to the
11797 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
11798 locations just get added on to that list.
11799 Note that we only know the start address for a location
11800 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
11801 the range [current location start, next location start].
11802 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
11803 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
11805 node
= loc_list
->first
;
11806 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
11807 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
11809 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
))
11810 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->var_loc_note
);
11812 initialized
= VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
;
11814 descr
= loc_by_reference (loc_descriptor (varloc
, initialized
), decl
);
11815 list
= new_loc_list (descr
, node
->label
, node
->next
->label
, secname
, 1);
11818 for (; node
->next
; node
= node
->next
)
11819 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
11821 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
11822 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
11823 enum var_init_status initialized
=
11824 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->var_loc_note
);
11825 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
11826 descr
= loc_by_reference (loc_descriptor (varloc
, initialized
),
11828 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list
, descr
,
11829 node
->label
, node
->next
->label
, secname
);
11832 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
11833 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
11834 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
11836 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11837 enum var_init_status initialized
=
11838 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->var_loc_note
);
11840 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
11841 if (!current_function_decl
)
11842 endname
= text_end_label
;
11845 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
11846 current_function_funcdef_no
);
11847 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
11849 descr
= loc_by_reference (loc_descriptor (varloc
, initialized
),
11851 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list
, descr
,
11852 node
->label
, endname
, secname
);
11855 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
11856 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr
, list
);
11860 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
11863 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
11864 if (rtl
&& (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
))
11866 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
11870 /* If we have tried to generate the location otherwise, and it
11871 didn't work out (we wouldn't be here if we did), and we have a one entry
11872 location list, try generating a location from that. */
11873 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
)
11875 enum var_init_status status
;
11876 node
= loc_list
->first
;
11877 status
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->var_loc_note
);
11878 descr
= loc_descriptor (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
), status
);
11881 descr
= loc_by_reference (descr
, decl
);
11882 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, descr
);
11887 /* We couldn't get any rtl, so try directly generating the location
11888 description from the tree. */
11889 descr
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl
);
11892 descr
= loc_by_reference (descr
, decl
);
11893 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, descr
);
11896 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
11897 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
11898 tree_add_const_value_attribute (die
, decl
);
11901 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
11904 defer_location (tree variable
, dw_die_ref die
)
11906 deferred_locations entry
;
11907 entry
.variable
= variable
;
11909 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations
, gc
, deferred_locations_list
, &entry
);
11912 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
11913 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
11916 native_encode_initializer (tree init
, unsigned char *array
, int size
)
11920 if (init
== NULL_TREE
)
11924 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
11927 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
11928 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
11930 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11931 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
11933 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
|| GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) != 1)
11935 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
11937 if (size
> TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
))
11939 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
),
11940 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
11941 memset (array
+ TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
),
11942 '\0', size
- TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
11945 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
), size
);
11950 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
11951 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
11953 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
11955 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index
;
11956 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
11957 int curpos
= 0, fieldsize
;
11958 constructor_elt
*ce
;
11960 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) == NULL_TREE
11961 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0))
11964 fieldsize
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
));
11965 if (fieldsize
<= 0)
11968 min_index
= tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0);
11969 memset (array
, '\0', size
);
11971 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
);
11974 tree val
= ce
->value
;
11975 tree index
= ce
->index
;
11977 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
11978 pos
= (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0) - min_index
)
11981 pos
= (tree_low_cst (index
, 0) - min_index
) * fieldsize
;
11986 if (!native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
11989 curpos
= pos
+ fieldsize
;
11990 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
11992 int count
= tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 1), 0)
11993 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0);
11997 memcpy (array
+ curpos
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
);
11998 curpos
+= fieldsize
;
12001 gcc_assert (curpos
<= size
);
12005 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
12006 || TREE_CODE (type
) == UNION_TYPE
)
12008 tree field
= NULL_TREE
;
12009 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
12010 constructor_elt
*ce
;
12012 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
12015 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
)
12016 field
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
12019 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
);
12020 cnt
++, field
= field
? TREE_CHAIN (field
) : 0)
12022 tree val
= ce
->value
;
12023 int pos
, fieldsize
;
12025 if (ce
->index
!= 0)
12031 if (field
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_BIT_FIELD (field
))
12034 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
12035 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))
12036 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))))
12038 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
) == NULL_TREE
12039 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0))
12041 fieldsize
= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0);
12042 pos
= int_byte_position (field
);
12043 gcc_assert (pos
+ fieldsize
<= size
);
12045 && !native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
12051 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
12052 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
12053 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0), array
, size
);
12055 return native_encode_expr (init
, array
, size
) == size
;
12059 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
12060 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
12061 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
12064 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
12067 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
12070 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) != CONST_DECL
)
12073 init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
12074 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
)
12079 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (init
, type
);
12081 add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, rtl
);
12082 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
12083 else if (CHAR_BIT
== 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT
== 8
12084 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
))
12086 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init
));
12087 if (size
> 0 && (int) size
== size
)
12089 unsigned char *array
= GGC_CNEWVEC (unsigned char, size
);
12091 if (native_encode_initializer (init
, array
, size
))
12092 add_AT_vec (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
, size
, 1, array
);
12097 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
12098 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
12099 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
12100 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
12103 static dw_loc_list_ref
12104 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
12107 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *list_tail
;
12109 dw_cfa_location last_cfa
, next_cfa
;
12110 const char *start_label
, *last_label
, *section
;
12112 fde
= current_fde ();
12113 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
12115 section
= secname_for_decl (current_function_decl
);
12119 next_cfa
.reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
12120 next_cfa
.offset
= 0;
12121 next_cfa
.indirect
= 0;
12122 next_cfa
.base_offset
= 0;
12124 start_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
12126 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
12127 advance opcodes. */
12128 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
12129 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
);
12131 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
12132 last_label
= start_label
;
12134 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
12135 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
12137 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
12138 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
12139 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
12140 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
12141 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
12143 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
12144 start_label
, last_label
, section
,
12147 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
12148 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
12149 start_label
= last_label
;
12151 last_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
12154 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
12155 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
12156 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
12157 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
12158 /* We don't handle these two in this function. It would be possible
12159 if it were to be required. */
12160 gcc_unreachable ();
12163 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
);
12167 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
12169 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
12170 start_label
, last_label
, section
,
12172 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
12173 start_label
= last_label
;
12175 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa
, offset
),
12176 start_label
, fde
->dw_fde_end
, section
,
12182 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
12183 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
12184 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
12185 before the latter is negated. */
12188 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
12192 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
12193 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
12194 offset
+= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
12196 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
12197 offset
+= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
12200 elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
12201 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
12203 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
12204 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
12207 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
12208 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12209 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
12210 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
12211 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12212 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
12214 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= -offset
;
12217 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
12218 the value of the attribute. */
12221 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
12223 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
12225 if (demangle_name_func
)
12226 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
12228 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
12232 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
12235 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
12237 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
12239 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, remap_debug_filename (wd
));
12242 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
12243 a representation for that bound. */
12246 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
12248 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
12253 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
12255 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
12256 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
12257 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
12258 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
12259 /* Use the default. */
12262 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
12266 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
12267 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
12277 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
12278 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
12280 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
12281 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
12282 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
12283 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
12284 later parameter. */
12285 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
12286 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
12289 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (bound
, 0);
12290 add_AT_location_description (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, loc
);
12297 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
12298 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
12300 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
12301 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
12303 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
);
12307 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
12308 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
12310 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
12312 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
12313 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
12314 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
12315 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
12317 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
12323 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
12324 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
12325 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
12326 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
12329 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
, bool collapse_p
)
12331 unsigned dimension_number
;
12333 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
12335 for (dimension_number
= 0;
12336 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
&& (dimension_number
== 0 || collapse_p
);
12337 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
12339 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
12341 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && is_fortran () && dimension_number
> 0)
12344 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
12345 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
12347 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
12350 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
12351 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
12352 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
12354 /* Define the index type. */
12355 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
12357 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
12358 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
12359 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
12360 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
12361 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
12362 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
12363 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
12366 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
12370 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
12371 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
12373 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
12374 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
12375 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
12377 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
12379 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
12382 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
12383 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
12389 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
12393 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
12398 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12401 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12402 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
12405 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
12406 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
12407 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
12408 even for bit-fields. */
12409 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
12412 gcc_unreachable ();
12415 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
12416 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
12417 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
12418 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
12419 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
12422 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
12423 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
12424 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
12427 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
12428 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
12429 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
12430 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
12431 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
12432 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
12434 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
12435 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
12436 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
12439 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
12441 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
12442 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
12443 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
12444 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
12445 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
12446 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
12448 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
12449 gcc_assert (type
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
12451 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
12452 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
12453 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
12454 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
12455 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
12458 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
12460 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
12461 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
12462 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
12463 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
12464 below must take account of these differences. */
12465 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
12466 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
12468 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
12470 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
12471 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
12475 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
12476 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
12477 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
12479 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
12482 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
12483 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
12486 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
12488 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
12489 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
12490 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
));
12492 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
12493 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
12496 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
12497 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
12500 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
12502 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
12503 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
12504 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
12507 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
12508 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
12511 static inline dw_die_ref
12512 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
12514 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
12516 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
12518 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
12519 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
12520 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
12522 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
12523 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
12527 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
12529 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
12531 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
12534 if (DECL_P (origin
))
12535 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
12536 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
12537 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
12539 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
12540 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
12541 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
12542 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
12543 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
12544 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
12545 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
12549 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
12553 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
12556 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
12558 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
12560 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
12562 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
12563 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
12564 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
12565 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
12568 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
12569 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12570 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
12571 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
12575 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
12578 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
12580 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
12582 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
12583 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
12586 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
12587 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
12590 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
12594 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
12595 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
12597 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
12598 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
12599 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
12601 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
12602 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
12603 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
12604 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
12605 && !(TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_REGISTER (decl
))
12607 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
12608 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
12611 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12612 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
12613 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
12614 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
12616 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
12617 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
12618 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
12623 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
12626 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
12628 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, decl_scope_table
, scope
);
12631 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
12634 pop_decl_scope (void)
12636 VEC_pop (tree
, decl_scope_table
);
12639 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
12640 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
12641 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
12642 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
12643 the current active scope. */
12646 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12648 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
12649 tree containing_scope
;
12652 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
12653 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t
));
12655 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
12657 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
12658 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
12660 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
12663 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
12666 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
12667 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
12668 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
12669 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
12670 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
12672 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
12673 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12674 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
12676 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
12677 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
12678 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
12679 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
12680 if (VEC_index (tree
, decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
12685 gcc_assert (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
12686 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
));
12688 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
12689 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12692 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
12695 scope_die
= context_die
;
12700 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
12703 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
12705 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
12706 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
12707 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
12713 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
12716 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
12718 return (context_die
12719 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
12720 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
12721 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_interface_type
12722 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
12725 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
12726 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
12729 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
12731 return (class_scope_p (context_die
)
12732 || (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
12735 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
12736 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
12737 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
12740 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
12741 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12743 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
12744 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
12746 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
12747 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
12748 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
12749 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
12750 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
|| code
== FIXED_POINT_TYPE
)
12751 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
12752 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
12754 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
12755 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
12756 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
12757 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
12758 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
12761 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
12762 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
12763 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
12766 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
12767 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
12770 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
12771 function call type. */
12773 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die
, tree decl
)
12775 enum dwarf_calling_convention value
= DW_CC_normal
;
12777 value
= ((enum dwarf_calling_convention
)
12778 targetm
.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
12780 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
12781 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
12782 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
12783 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
12784 time being, following existing custom. */
12786 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)), "MAIN__"))
12787 value
= DW_CC_program
;
12789 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
12790 is not DW_CC_normal. */
12791 if (value
&& (value
!= DW_CC_normal
))
12792 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_calling_convention
, value
);
12795 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
12796 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
12797 was declared without a tag. */
12799 static const char *
12800 type_tag (const_tree type
)
12802 const char *name
= 0;
12804 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
12808 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
12809 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
12810 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
12812 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
12813 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
12815 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
12816 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
12818 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
12819 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
12820 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
12821 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
12822 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
12823 name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type
), 2);
12826 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
12827 if (!name
&& t
!= 0)
12828 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
12831 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
12834 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
12835 for bit field types. */
12838 member_declared_type (const_tree member
)
12840 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
12841 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
12844 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
12845 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
12848 static const char *
12849 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
12852 const char *fnname
;
12854 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
12855 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x
));
12858 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
12860 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
12865 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
12866 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
12867 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
12870 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12872 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
12873 dw_die_ref array_die
;
12875 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
12876 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
12877 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
12878 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
12879 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
12880 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
12881 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
12882 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
12883 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
12885 bool collapse_nested_arrays
= !is_ada ();
12888 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
12889 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
12890 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
)
12891 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
12893 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
))
12895 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
12897 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die
, type
);
12898 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
12899 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
12900 size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
12902 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
12903 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) != NULL_TREE
12904 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)) != NULL_TREE
12905 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))))
12907 tree szdecl
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
));
12908 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (szdecl
);
12910 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl
));
12911 if (loc
&& size
> 0)
12913 add_AT_loc (array_die
, DW_AT_string_length
, loc
);
12914 if (size
!= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
12915 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
12921 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
12922 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
12923 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
12924 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
12927 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12928 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12929 collapse_nested_arrays
= false;
12932 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
12933 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
12934 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
12936 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
12938 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
12939 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
12940 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
12941 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
12944 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
12946 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
12947 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
12948 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type
)))
12949 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
12952 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
12953 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
12954 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
12955 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
12956 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
12957 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
12958 for multidimensional arrays. */
12959 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
12962 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12963 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
12964 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
12965 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
12966 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
12969 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
, collapse_nested_arrays
);
12971 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
12972 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
12973 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12974 if (collapse_nested_arrays
)
12975 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
12977 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type
) && is_fortran ())
12979 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
12982 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12983 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
12986 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
12988 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
12989 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
12992 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12993 descr_info_loc (tree val
, tree base_decl
)
12995 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
12996 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, loc2
;
12997 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
12999 if (val
== base_decl
)
13000 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address
, 0, 0);
13002 switch (TREE_CODE (val
))
13005 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
13007 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (val
, 0);
13009 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
13010 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
13013 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val
));
13016 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
13019 if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13020 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
13022 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
, size
, 0));
13024 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
13026 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
13027 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
13030 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
13033 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 0));
13039 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
13042 loc2
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), base_decl
);
13045 add_loc_descr (&loc
, loc2
);
13046 add_loc_descr (&loc2
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13068 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr
,
13069 tree val
, tree base_decl
)
13071 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
13073 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
13075 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr
, tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
13079 loc
= descr_info_loc (val
, base_decl
);
13083 add_AT_loc (die
, attr
, loc
);
13086 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
13087 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
13090 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type
, struct array_descr_info
*info
,
13091 dw_die_ref context_die
)
13093 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
13094 dw_die_ref array_die
;
13097 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
13098 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
13099 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
13101 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
13103 && info
->ndimensions
>= 2)
13104 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
13106 if (info
->data_location
)
13107 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_data_location
, info
->data_location
,
13109 if (info
->associated
)
13110 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_associated
, info
->associated
,
13112 if (info
->allocated
)
13113 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_allocated
, info
->allocated
,
13116 for (dim
= 0; dim
< info
->ndimensions
; dim
++)
13118 dw_die_ref subrange_die
13119 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, array_die
, NULL
);
13121 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
)
13123 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
13124 if ((is_c_family () || is_java ())
13125 && integer_zerop (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
))
13127 else if (is_fortran ()
13128 && integer_onep (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
))
13131 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
13132 info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
,
13135 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
)
13136 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
13137 info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
,
13139 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
)
13140 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_stride
,
13141 info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
,
13145 gen_type_die (info
->element_type
, context_die
);
13146 add_type_attribute (array_die
, info
->element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
13148 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
13149 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
13154 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13156 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
13157 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
13159 if (origin
!= NULL
)
13160 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
13163 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
13164 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
13165 0, 0, context_die
);
13168 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
13169 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
13171 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
13175 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
13176 emit full debugging info for them. */
13179 retry_incomplete_types (void)
13183 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
13184 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
13187 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
13189 static enum dwarf_tag
13190 record_type_tag (tree type
)
13192 if (! lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record
)
13193 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
13195 switch (lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record (type
))
13197 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT
:
13198 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
13200 case RECORD_IS_CLASS
:
13201 return DW_TAG_class_type
;
13203 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE
:
13204 return DW_TAG_interface_type
;
13207 gcc_unreachable ();
13211 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
13212 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
13213 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
13217 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13219 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
13221 if (type_die
== NULL
)
13223 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
13224 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
13225 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
13226 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
13228 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
13231 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
13233 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
13234 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
13235 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
13236 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
13240 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
13241 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
13242 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
13243 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
13245 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
13246 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
13247 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
13248 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
13250 for (link
= TYPE_VALUES (type
);
13251 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
13253 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
13254 tree value
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
13256 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
13257 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
13259 if (TREE_CODE (value
) == CONST_DECL
)
13260 value
= DECL_INITIAL (value
);
13262 if (host_integerp (value
, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
))))
13263 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
13264 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
13265 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
13266 values as if they were signed. That means that
13267 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
13268 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
13269 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
13270 tree_low_cst (value
, tree_int_cst_sgn (value
) > 0));
13274 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
13276 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
13277 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
13282 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
13283 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
13286 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
13287 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
13288 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
13289 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
13290 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
13291 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
13292 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
13293 argument type of some subprogram type. */
13296 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13298 tree node_or_origin
= node
? node
: origin
;
13299 dw_die_ref parm_die
13300 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
13302 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin
)))
13304 case tcc_declaration
:
13306 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
13307 if (origin
!= NULL
)
13308 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
13311 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (node
);
13312 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
13313 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (node
))
13314 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0,
13317 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, type
,
13318 TREE_READONLY (node
),
13319 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
13321 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
13322 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
13326 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
13327 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin
))
13328 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
,
13334 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
13335 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
, 0, 0, context_die
);
13339 gcc_unreachable ();
13345 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
13346 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
13349 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13351 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
13354 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
13355 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
13356 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
13357 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
13360 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13363 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
13364 tree first_parm_type
;
13367 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
13369 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
13370 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
13375 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
13377 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
13378 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
13379 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
13381 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
13383 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
13384 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
13387 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
13388 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, NULL
, context_die
);
13389 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
13390 && link
== first_parm_type
)
13391 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
13392 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
13394 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
13396 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
13399 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
13400 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
13401 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
13402 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
13404 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
13405 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
13406 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
13407 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
13408 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
13409 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
13412 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
13413 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
13414 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
13415 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
13416 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
13419 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13421 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
13423 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
13424 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
13425 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
13426 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
13428 dw_die_ref type_die
;
13429 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member
));
13431 push_decl_scope (type
);
13432 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
13433 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
13434 gen_subprogram_die (member
, type_die
);
13435 else if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FIELD_DECL
)
13437 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
13438 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
13439 if (DECL_NAME (member
) != NULL_TREE
13440 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == UNION_TYPE
13441 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
13443 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member
), type_die
);
13444 gen_field_die (member
, type_die
);
13448 gen_variable_die (member
, NULL_TREE
, type_die
);
13454 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
13455 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
13458 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
13460 dw_die_ref old_die
;
13463 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
13465 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
13466 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
13468 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
13469 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
13470 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
13473 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
13474 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
13475 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13477 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
13479 gen_type_die_for_member
13480 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
13483 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
13484 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
13485 current_function_decl
= decl
;
13486 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl
));
13488 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
13489 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
13490 if (! was_abstract
)
13491 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
13493 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
13497 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
13498 htab_traverse_resize().
13500 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
13501 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
13503 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13508 type
= (tree
) *slot
;
13509 die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
13511 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
13515 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
13517 premark_used_types (void)
13519 if (cfun
&& cfun
->used_types_hash
)
13520 htab_traverse (cfun
->used_types_hash
, premark_used_types_helper
, NULL
);
13523 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
13527 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13529 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
13530 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
13531 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
13534 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
13535 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
13536 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
13538 premark_used_types ();
13540 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
13541 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
13542 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
13543 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
13544 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
13546 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
13547 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
13550 gcc_assert (!old_die
);
13553 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
13554 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
13555 if (!declaration
&& !origin
&& !old_die
13556 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
13557 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
13558 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13559 old_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
13561 if (origin
!= NULL
)
13563 gcc_assert (!declaration
|| local_scope_p (context_die
));
13565 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
13566 inline function. */
13567 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
13568 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
13570 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
13571 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
13575 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
13576 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
13578 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
13579 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
13580 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
13581 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
13582 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
13584 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
13585 something we have already output. */
13589 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
13590 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
13591 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
13592 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
13593 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
13594 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
13595 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
13596 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
13597 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
13598 || (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
13599 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
13600 == (unsigned) s
.line
))))
13602 subr_die
= old_die
;
13604 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
13605 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
13606 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
13607 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
13608 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
13609 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
13610 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
13614 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
13615 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
13616 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
13617 add_AT_file (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
13618 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
13619 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
13624 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
13626 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
13627 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
13629 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
13630 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13632 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
13633 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
13634 0, 0, context_die
);
13637 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
13638 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
13639 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
13641 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
13642 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
13643 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
13644 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
13649 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
13651 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
13653 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
13654 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
13655 if (lang_hooks
.decls
.function_decl_explicit_p (decl
))
13656 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_explicit
, 1);
13658 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
13659 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
13660 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
13661 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
13663 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
13664 later reused to represent definition. */
13665 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
13668 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
13670 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
13672 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
13673 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
13675 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
13679 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
13680 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
13682 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
13685 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
)
13686 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)))
13687 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
13689 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
13691 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
13693 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset
;
13695 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
13696 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
13698 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
13700 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
13701 current_function_funcdef_no
);
13702 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
13703 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
13704 current_function_funcdef_no
);
13705 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
13707 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
13708 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
13711 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
13712 hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
13713 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
13715 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
13716 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
13717 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
13718 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
13720 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
13721 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
13722 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
13726 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
13727 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
13728 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
13731 cfa_fb_offset
= CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl
);
13733 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
13734 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
13735 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
13736 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
13737 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
13738 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
13739 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
13741 /* ??? Use some command-line or configury switch to enable the use
13742 of dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. At present there are no dwarf
13743 consumers that understand it; fall back to "pure" dwarf2 and
13744 convert the CFA data into a location list. */
13746 dw_loc_list_ref list
= convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset
);
13747 if (list
->dw_loc_next
)
13748 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
);
13750 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
->expr
);
13753 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
13754 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
13755 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
13756 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
13757 by this displacement. */
13758 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset
);
13760 if (cfun
->static_chain_decl
)
13761 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
13762 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun
->static_chain_decl
));
13765 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
13766 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
13767 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
13768 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
13769 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
13770 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
13771 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
13772 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
13773 an ellipsis at the end. */
13775 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
13776 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
13777 its formal parameters. */
13778 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13780 else if (declaration
)
13781 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
13784 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
13785 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
13788 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
13789 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
13790 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
13791 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
13793 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
13794 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
13795 "__builtin_va_alist"))
13796 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
13798 gen_decl_die (parm
, NULL
, subr_die
);
13801 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
13802 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
13803 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
13804 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
13805 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
13806 parameters at all. */
13807 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
13808 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
13810 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
13811 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
13812 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
13814 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
13815 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
13818 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
13819 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
13820 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
13822 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
13823 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
13824 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
13825 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
13826 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
13827 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
13828 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
13830 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
13831 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
13832 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
13833 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
13834 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
13835 constructor function. */
13836 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
13838 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
13839 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl
)))
13840 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl
), NULL
, subr_die
);
13842 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
13843 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
13845 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
13846 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
13848 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
13849 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
13851 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
13852 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
13857 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
13858 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
13862 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
13865 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
13867 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
13868 return (hashval_t
) d
->decl_id
^ htab_hash_pointer (d
->die_parent
);
13871 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
13872 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
13875 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
13877 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
13878 const_dw_die_ref e
= (const_dw_die_ref
) y
;
13879 return d
->decl_id
== e
->decl_id
&& d
->die_parent
== e
->die_parent
;
13882 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
13883 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
13886 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13890 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
13891 dw_die_ref var_die
;
13892 dw_die_ref old_die
= decl
? lookup_decl_die (decl
) : NULL
;
13893 dw_die_ref origin_die
;
13894 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin
)
13895 /* If DECL is COMDAT and has not actually been
13896 emitted, we cannot take its address; there
13897 might end up being no definition anywhere in
13898 the program. For example, consider the C++
13902 struct S { static const int i = 7; };
13907 int f() { return S<int>::i; }
13909 Here, S<int>::i is not DECL_EXTERNAL, but no
13910 definition is required, so the compiler will
13911 not emit a definition. */
13912 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
13913 && DECL_COMDAT (decl_or_origin
)
13914 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl_or_origin
))
13915 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
13918 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
13920 com_decl
= fortran_common (decl_or_origin
, &off
);
13922 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
13923 of a data member. */
13927 dw_die_ref com_die
;
13928 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
13929 die_node com_die_arg
;
13931 var_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
13934 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
)
13936 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (com_decl
);
13941 /* Optimize the common case. */
13942 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
13943 && loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
13944 && GET_CODE (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
)
13946 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
13947 = plus_constant (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
13949 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc
, off
);
13951 add_AT_loc (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
13952 remove_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
13958 if (common_block_die_table
== NULL
)
13959 common_block_die_table
13960 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash
,
13961 common_block_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
13963 field
= TREE_OPERAND (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl
), 0);
13964 com_die_arg
.decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
13965 com_die_arg
.die_parent
= context_die
;
13966 com_die
= (dw_die_ref
) htab_find (common_block_die_table
, &com_die_arg
);
13967 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (com_decl
);
13968 if (com_die
== NULL
)
13971 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl
));
13974 com_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_common_block
, context_die
, decl
);
13975 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die
, com_decl
);
13978 add_AT_loc (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
13979 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
13980 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
13981 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (com_decl
);
13983 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
13984 add_AT_flag (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
13985 add_pubname_string (cnam
, com_die
); /* ??? needed? */
13986 com_die
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
13987 slot
= htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table
, com_die
, INSERT
);
13988 *slot
= (void *) com_die
;
13990 else if (get_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
&& loc
)
13992 add_AT_loc (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
13993 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (com_decl
);
13994 remove_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
13996 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, com_die
, decl
);
13997 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
13998 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
13999 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
14000 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
14005 /* Optimize the common case. */
14006 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
14007 && loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
14008 && GET_CODE (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
14009 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
14010 = plus_constant (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
14012 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc
, off
);
14014 add_AT_loc (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
14016 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
14017 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
14018 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
14022 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
14023 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
14024 DIE for it again. */
14027 && old_die
->die_parent
== context_die
)
14030 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
14031 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
14032 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
14033 if (declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
14034 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
14036 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
14039 if (origin
!= NULL
)
14040 origin_die
= add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
14042 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
14043 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
14045 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
14046 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
14049 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
14051 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
14052 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
14053 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
14055 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
) && ! declaration
14056 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
14058 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
14059 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
14060 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
14062 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
14063 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
14065 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
14066 add_AT_file (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
14068 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
14069 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
14074 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
14076 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
14077 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
14078 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
14079 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
14080 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl
))
14081 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
14083 add_type_attribute (var_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
14084 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
14086 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
14087 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
14089 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
14090 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
14092 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
14093 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
14094 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
14095 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
14099 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
14101 if (decl
&& (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) || declaration
))
14102 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
14105 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin
)
14106 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
14107 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
14109 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
14110 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
14111 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin
)))
14112 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
14113 to add it again. */
14114 && (origin_die
== NULL
|| get_AT (origin_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
))
14116 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
&& TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
14117 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin
)))
14118 defer_location (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
14120 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
,
14123 add_pubname (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
14126 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl_or_origin
);
14129 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
14132 gen_const_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
14134 dw_die_ref const_die
;
14135 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
14137 const_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_constant
, context_die
, decl
);
14138 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die
, decl
);
14139 add_type_attribute (const_die
, type
, 1, 0, context_die
);
14140 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
14141 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
14142 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
14143 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
14144 tree_add_const_value_attribute (const_die
, decl
);
14147 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
14150 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
14152 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
14153 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
14155 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
14157 if (origin
!= NULL
)
14158 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
14160 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
14162 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
14163 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
14166 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
14168 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
14169 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
14170 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
14174 && NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
14176 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
14177 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
14178 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
14179 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
14180 it if it ever does happen. */
14181 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn
));
14183 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
14184 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
14189 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
14190 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
14191 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
14194 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
14196 expanded_location s
= expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
));
14198 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_call_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
14199 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_line
, s
.line
);
14203 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
14204 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
14207 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
14209 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
14211 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
14215 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
))
14217 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
14218 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
14219 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
14222 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
14224 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
14227 add_ranges (chain
);
14228 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
14235 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
14236 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
14237 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
14238 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
14239 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
14240 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
14244 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
14247 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
14249 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
14251 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
14252 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, stmt_die
);
14254 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
14257 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
14260 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
14262 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
14264 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
14265 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
14266 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
14267 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
14268 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
14270 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
14272 dw_die_ref subr_die
14273 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
14275 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
14276 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
14277 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
14278 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
14280 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
14281 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
14284 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
14285 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
14286 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
14287 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
14288 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
14289 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
14290 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
14291 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
14292 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
14293 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
14294 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
14296 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
14299 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
14302 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
14304 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
14306 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
14309 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
14310 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
14311 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
14312 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
14315 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
14317 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
14318 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
14319 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
14322 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
14323 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
14325 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
14326 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
14328 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
14329 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
14330 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
14331 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
14333 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
14334 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
14338 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
14339 Use modified_type_die instead.
14340 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
14341 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
14344 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
14347 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
14349 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
14350 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
14351 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
14354 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
14355 Use modified_type_die instead.
14356 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
14357 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
14360 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
14363 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
14365 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
14366 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
14367 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
14371 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
14374 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
14377 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
14378 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
14380 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
14381 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
14382 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
14383 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
14386 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
14389 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
14392 char producer
[250];
14393 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
14396 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
14400 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
14401 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
14402 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
) && filename
[0] != '<')
14403 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
14406 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
14408 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
14409 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
14410 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
14411 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
14412 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
14413 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
14414 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
14415 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
14416 strcat (producer
, " -g");
14419 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
14421 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
14422 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
14423 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
14424 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
14425 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
14426 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
14427 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
14428 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran95
;
14429 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
14430 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
14431 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
14432 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
14433 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
14434 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC
;
14435 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
14436 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
14438 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
14440 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
14444 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
14447 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
14449 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
14451 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
14452 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
14454 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo
))
14455 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
14457 if (access
== access_public_node
)
14458 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
14459 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
14460 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
14463 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
14466 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
14469 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
14472 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
14473 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
14474 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
14475 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
14476 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
14477 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
14478 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
14479 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
14480 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
14481 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
14482 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
14484 /* First output info about the base classes. */
14487 VEC(tree
,gc
) *accesses
= BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo
);
14491 for (i
= 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo
, i
, base
); i
++)
14492 gen_inheritance_die (base
,
14493 (accesses
? VEC_index (tree
, accesses
, i
)
14494 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
14497 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
14498 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
14500 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
14501 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
14502 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
14503 do put them in the right order. */
14505 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
14507 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
14509 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
14512 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
14513 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
14515 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
14516 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
14519 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
14521 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
14523 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
14527 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
14528 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
14529 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
14532 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
14533 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
14535 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
14536 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
14538 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
14539 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
14540 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
14541 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
14542 complete
= complete
&& should_emit_struct_debug (type
, usage
);
14544 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
14547 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
14548 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
14549 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
14552 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
14554 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
14555 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
14557 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
14559 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
14560 ? record_type_tag (type
) : DW_TAG_union_type
,
14562 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
14564 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
14566 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
14569 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
14571 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
14572 then give a list of members. */
14573 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
14575 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
14576 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
14577 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
14578 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
14579 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
14580 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
14582 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
14583 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
14584 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
14585 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
14587 push_decl_scope (type
);
14588 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
14591 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
14592 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
14594 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
14596 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
14597 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
14598 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
14603 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
14605 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
14606 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
14607 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
14608 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, incomplete_types
, type
);
14611 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
14612 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
14615 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
14618 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
14620 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
14621 dw_die_ref subr_die
14622 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
14623 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
14625 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
14626 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
14627 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
14628 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
14630 if (get_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_name
))
14631 add_pubtype (type
, subr_die
);
14634 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
14637 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
14639 dw_die_ref type_die
;
14642 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
14645 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
14646 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
14647 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
14648 if (origin
!= NULL
)
14649 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
14654 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
14655 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
14657 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
14659 gcc_assert (type
!= TREE_TYPE (decl
));
14660 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
14663 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
14665 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
14666 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
14669 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
14670 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
14672 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
14673 add_pubtype (decl
, type_die
);
14676 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
14679 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
14680 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
14683 struct array_descr_info info
;
14685 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
14688 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
14689 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
14691 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
14694 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
14695 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) != type
);
14697 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
14698 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), NULL
, context_die
);
14702 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
14703 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
)
14704 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info
14705 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info (type
, &info
))
14707 gen_descr_array_type_die (type
, &info
, context_die
);
14708 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
14712 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
14713 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
14714 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
14715 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
14716 cloned type itself). */
14717 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
14718 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
14720 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
14723 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
14729 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
14730 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
14731 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
14732 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
14733 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
14735 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
14737 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
14738 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
14739 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
14740 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
14744 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
14745 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
14746 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
,
14747 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
14749 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
14750 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
14751 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
14753 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
14755 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
14758 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
14759 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
14760 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
14761 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
14762 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
14766 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
14767 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
14768 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
14769 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
14773 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
14777 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
14780 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
14783 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
14784 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
14785 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
14786 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
14787 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
14788 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
14789 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
14790 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
14791 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
14792 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
14794 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
, usage
);
14796 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
14799 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
14800 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
14801 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
14806 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
14810 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
14812 /* This might have been written out by the call to
14813 declare_in_namespace. */
14814 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
14815 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
14818 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
14823 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
14824 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
14825 when appropriate. */
14831 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
14834 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
14838 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
14842 gcc_unreachable ();
14845 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
14849 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
14851 gen_type_die_with_usage (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
14854 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
14855 things which are local to the given block. */
14858 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
14860 int must_output_die
= 0;
14863 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
14864 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
14867 inlined_func
= inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
);
14869 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
14870 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
14871 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
14872 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
14876 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
14877 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
14882 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
14885 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
14886 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
14887 must_output_die
= 1;
14890 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
14891 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
14892 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
14893 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
14894 as being a "significant" one. */
14895 must_output_die
= ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
14896 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
))
14897 && (TREE_USED (stmt
)
14898 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
14899 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)));
14900 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt
)
14901 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
14902 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
14903 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt
))
14904 must_output_die
= 1;
14907 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
14908 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
14909 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
14910 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
14911 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
14912 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
14913 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
14914 if (must_output_die
)
14917 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
14919 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
14922 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
14925 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
14926 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
14928 process_scope_var (tree stmt
, tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
14931 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
14932 tree ultimate_origin
= origin
? decl_ultimate_origin (origin
) : NULL
;
14934 if (ultimate_origin
)
14935 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
14937 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
14938 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
14939 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == TYPE_DECL
14940 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin
))
14941 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
));
14945 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
14946 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
14947 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
14948 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin
, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin
),
14949 stmt
, context_die
);
14951 gen_decl_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
14954 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
14955 all of its sub-blocks. */
14958 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
14964 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
14965 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
14968 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
14969 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
14970 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
14971 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
14972 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
14973 process_scope_var (stmt
, decl
, NULL_TREE
, context_die
);
14974 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
); i
++)
14975 process_scope_var (stmt
, NULL
, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt
, i
),
14978 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
14979 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
14982 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
14983 therein) of this block. */
14984 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
14986 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
14987 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
14990 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
14993 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl
)
14995 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
14998 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
14999 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
15000 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
15001 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
15002 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
15003 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
15009 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
15011 static inline dw_die_ref
15012 get_context_die (tree context
)
15016 /* Find die that represents this context. */
15017 if (TYPE_P (context
))
15018 return force_type_die (context
);
15020 return force_decl_die (context
);
15022 return comp_unit_die
;
15025 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
15028 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
15030 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
15031 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
15032 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
15033 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
15036 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
15038 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
15042 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
15044 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
15045 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
15046 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
15047 declaration die. */
15048 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
15049 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
15050 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
15051 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
15055 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
15056 gen_decl_die() call. */
15057 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
15058 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
15059 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
15060 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
15063 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
15064 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
15068 gcc_unreachable ();
15071 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
15073 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
15074 gcc_assert (decl_die
);
15080 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
15081 always returned. */
15084 force_type_die (tree type
)
15086 dw_die_ref type_die
;
15088 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
15091 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
15093 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, TYPE_READONLY (type
),
15094 TYPE_VOLATILE (type
), context_die
);
15095 gcc_assert (type_die
);
15100 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
15101 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
15104 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
15106 tree context
= (DECL_P (thing
)
15107 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
));
15108 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
15109 /* Force out the namespace. */
15110 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
15112 return context_die
;
15115 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
15116 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
15118 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
15119 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
15122 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
15124 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
15126 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
15127 return context_die
;
15129 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
15130 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
15131 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
15132 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing
))
15133 return context_die
;
15135 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
15137 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
15141 if (DECL_P (thing
))
15142 gen_decl_die (thing
, NULL
, ns_context
);
15144 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
15146 return context_die
;
15149 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
15152 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
15154 dw_die_ref namespace_die
;
15156 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
15157 they are an alias of. */
15158 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
15160 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
15161 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
15162 namespace_die
= new_die (is_fortran ()
15163 ? DW_TAG_module
: DW_TAG_namespace
,
15164 context_die
, decl
);
15165 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
15166 if (namespace_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
&& DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
15167 add_name_attribute (namespace_die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
15169 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
15170 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
15171 add_AT_flag (namespace_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
15172 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
15176 /* Output a namespace alias. */
15178 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
15179 dw_die_ref origin_die
15180 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
15182 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
15183 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
15184 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
15185 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
15186 namespace_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
15187 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
15188 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
15189 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
15193 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
15196 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
15198 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
15199 tree class_origin
= NULL
;
15201 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin
))
15204 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
))
15210 if (!is_fortran ())
15212 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
15213 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
15217 /* Emit its type. */
15218 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
15220 /* And its containing namespace. */
15221 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
15223 gen_const_die (decl
, context_die
);
15226 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
15227 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
15228 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
15229 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin
) == NULL_TREE
15230 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin
) == NULL_TREE
15231 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
15232 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin
)))
15237 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
15238 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
15239 if (current_function_decl
!= decl
)
15240 /* This is only a declaration. */;
15243 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
15244 if (origin
|| DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
15245 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
? origin
: DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
15247 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
15248 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
15249 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
15250 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
15251 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
15252 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
15253 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
15254 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
15255 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
15257 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
15258 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
15261 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
15262 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
15264 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
15265 have described its return type. */
15266 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
15268 /* And its virtual context. */
15269 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
15270 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
15272 /* And its containing type. */
15274 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
15275 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
15276 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
15278 /* And its containing namespace. */
15279 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
15282 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
15284 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
15288 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
15289 actual typedefs. */
15290 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
15293 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
15294 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
15295 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
15296 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
15297 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
15298 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
15299 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
15300 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
15301 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
15303 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
15306 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
15307 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
15309 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
15310 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
15314 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
15315 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
15320 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
15321 variable declarations or definitions. */
15322 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
15325 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
15327 if ((TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == RESULT_DECL
15328 || TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
)
15329 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin
))
15330 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
15332 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
15334 /* And its containing type. */
15335 class_origin
= decl_class_context (decl_or_origin
);
15336 if (class_origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
15337 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin
, decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
15339 /* And its containing namespace. */
15340 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
15342 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
15343 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
15344 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
15347 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
15348 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
15349 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
15351 gen_variable_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
15355 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
15356 anonymous unions and structs. */
15357 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
15358 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
15359 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
15361 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
15362 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
15367 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin
))
15368 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
15370 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
15371 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
15374 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
15375 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
15376 gen_namespace_die (decl
, context_die
);
15380 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
15381 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
);
15386 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
15387 compilation proper has finished. */
15390 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
15392 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
15393 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
15394 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
15395 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
15396 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
15397 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
15400 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
15401 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
15403 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl
, int local
)
15406 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
15409 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
15410 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
15411 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
15412 that DECL belongs to.
15413 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
15415 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl
,
15417 tree lexical_block
,
15418 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die
)
15420 expanded_location xloc
;
15421 dw_die_ref imported_die
= NULL
;
15422 dw_die_ref at_import_die
;
15424 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
15426 xloc
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
15427 decl
= IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl
);
15431 xloc
= expand_location (input_location
);
15433 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == CONST_DECL
)
15435 if (is_base_type (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
15436 at_import_die
= base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
15438 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
15439 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
15440 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
15441 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
15442 if (!at_import_die
)
15444 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
);
15445 gen_typedef_die (decl
, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)));
15446 at_import_die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
15447 gcc_assert (at_import_die
);
15452 at_import_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
15453 if (!at_import_die
)
15455 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
15456 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
15457 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
)
15459 tree type
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
15461 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
15462 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
15463 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
),
15464 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
15466 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, decl
,
15467 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)));
15469 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
15473 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
15474 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
,
15478 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
,
15482 add_AT_file (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (xloc
.file
));
15483 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, xloc
.line
);
15485 add_AT_string (imported_die
, DW_AT_name
,
15486 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
15487 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
15490 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
15491 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
15492 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
15493 importing whole module. */
15496 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree name
, tree context
,
15499 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
15500 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
15502 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
15507 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
15508 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
15511 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
15512 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
15514 && TYPE_P (context
)
15515 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
15517 scope_die
= get_context_die (context
);
15521 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
);
15522 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_imported_module
);
15523 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) != NAMESPACE_DECL
);
15524 scope_die
= scope_die
->die_child
;
15527 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
15528 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl
, name
, context
, scope_die
);
15532 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
15535 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
15537 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
15539 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
15544 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
15545 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
15546 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
15547 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
15548 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
15549 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
15550 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
15551 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
15552 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
15553 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
15554 with the definition of the function.
15556 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
15557 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
15558 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
15559 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
15560 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
15561 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
15562 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
15563 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
15564 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
15565 that they *are* definitions).
15567 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
15568 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
15569 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
15570 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
15571 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
15572 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
15575 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
15576 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
15577 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
15578 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
15579 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
15580 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
15581 context_die
= NULL
;
15585 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
15586 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
15587 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
15588 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
15589 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
15590 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
15591 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
15592 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
15593 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
15596 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
15597 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
15598 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
15600 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
15601 variable declarations or definitions. */
15602 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
15607 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
15609 if (!is_fortran ())
15611 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
15612 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
15615 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
15616 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
15617 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
15619 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
15624 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
15625 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
15628 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
15629 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
15630 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
))
15632 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
15633 comparisons have. */
15635 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
15636 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
15637 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
15642 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
15643 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
15646 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
15647 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
15648 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
15649 context_die
= NULL
;
15657 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
15660 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
15661 a lexical block. */
15664 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
15665 unsigned int blocknum
)
15667 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
15668 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
15671 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
15675 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
15677 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
15678 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
15681 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
15682 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
15684 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
15685 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
15686 we may end up calling them anyway. */
15689 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block
)
15694 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
15695 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
15696 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
15698 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block
); i
++)
15700 decl
= BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block
, i
);
15701 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
15702 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
15709 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
15712 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p
, const void *p2_p
)
15714 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p1
=
15715 (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p1_p
;
15716 const char *const p2
= (const char *) p2_p
;
15717 return strcmp (p1
->filename
, p2
) == 0;
15721 file_table_hash (const void *p_p
)
15723 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p
= (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p_p
;
15724 return htab_hash_string (p
->filename
);
15727 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
15728 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
15729 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
15730 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
15731 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
15732 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
15733 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
15734 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
15735 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
15738 static struct dwarf_file_data
*
15739 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
15742 struct dwarf_file_data
* created
;
15744 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
15745 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
15746 if (file_table_last_lookup
15747 && (file_name
== file_table_last_lookup
->filename
15748 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup
->filename
, file_name
) == 0))
15749 return file_table_last_lookup
;
15751 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
15752 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table
, file_name
,
15753 htab_hash_string (file_name
), INSERT
);
15755 return (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
15757 created
= GGC_NEW (struct dwarf_file_data
);
15758 created
->filename
= file_name
;
15759 created
->emitted_number
= 0;
15764 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
15765 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
15766 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
15767 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
15768 types, which may include filenames. */
15771 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
* fd
)
15773 if (! fd
->emitted_number
)
15775 if (last_emitted_file
)
15776 fd
->emitted_number
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
+ 1;
15778 fd
->emitted_number
= 1;
15779 last_emitted_file
= fd
;
15781 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
15783 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ", fd
->emitted_number
);
15784 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
15785 remap_debug_filename (fd
->filename
));
15786 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
15790 return fd
->emitted_number
;
15793 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
15796 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl
, tree name
)
15801 die
= TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl
);
15805 attr
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_name
);
15808 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
15810 node
= find_AT_string (dwarf2_name (name
, 0));
15811 /* replace the string. */
15812 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
15816 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (name
, 0));
15818 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
15819 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
15820 our lookup table. */
15823 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note
)
15825 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
15826 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
15828 static rtx last_insn
;
15829 static const char *last_label
;
15832 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
15834 prev_insn
= PREV_INSN (loc_note
);
15836 newloc
= GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node
);
15837 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
15838 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
15840 if (last_insn
!= NULL_RTX
15841 && last_insn
== prev_insn
15842 && NOTE_P (prev_insn
)
15843 && NOTE_KIND (prev_insn
) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
)
15845 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
15849 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
15850 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
15852 newloc
->label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
15854 newloc
->var_loc_note
= loc_note
;
15855 newloc
->next
= NULL
;
15857 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
15858 newloc
->section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
15860 newloc
->section_label
= text_section_label
;
15862 last_insn
= loc_note
;
15863 last_label
= newloc
->label
;
15864 decl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
);
15865 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl
, newloc
);
15868 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
15869 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
15870 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
15871 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
15874 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun
)
15876 htab_empty (decl_loc_table
);
15878 if (function_section (fun
) != text_section
)
15879 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
15881 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
15884 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
15885 and record information relating to this source line, in
15886 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
15889 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
)
15891 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
15894 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
15896 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
15898 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
15899 if (flag_debug_asm
)
15900 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
15903 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
15905 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
15906 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
15908 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
15909 line_info_table_in_use
++;
15911 else if (function_section (current_function_decl
) != text_section
)
15913 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
15914 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
,
15915 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
15916 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
15918 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
15919 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
15920 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
15922 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
15923 separate_line_info_table
15924 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry
,
15925 separate_line_info_table
,
15926 separate_line_info_table_allocated
);
15927 memset (separate_line_info_table
15928 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
15930 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
15931 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
15934 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
15936 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
15937 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
15938 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
15939 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
15943 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
15945 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
15946 line_info_table_in_use
);
15948 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
15949 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
15951 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
15953 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry
, line_info_table
,
15954 line_info_table_allocated
);
15955 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
15956 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
15959 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
15960 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
15961 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
15962 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
15967 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
15970 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
15972 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
15974 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
15975 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
15977 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
15978 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
15981 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
15983 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
15985 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
15986 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
15987 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
15990 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num
, "file %s", filename
);
15994 /* Record the end of a source file. */
15997 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15999 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
16000 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
16001 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
16003 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
16005 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
16006 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
16010 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
16011 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
16012 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
16015 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16016 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16018 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
16020 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
16021 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
16022 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
16023 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
16027 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
16028 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
16029 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
16032 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16033 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16035 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
16037 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
16038 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
16039 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
16040 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
16044 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
16047 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16049 /* Allocate the file_table. */
16050 file_table
= htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash
,
16051 file_table_eq
, NULL
);
16053 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
16054 decl_die_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash
,
16055 decl_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
16057 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
16058 decl_loc_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash
,
16059 decl_loc_table_eq
, NULL
);
16061 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
16062 decl_scope_table
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 256);
16064 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
16065 abbrev_die_table
= GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_die_ref
, ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
16066 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
16067 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
16068 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
16070 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
16071 line_info_table
= GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_line_info_entry
, LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
16072 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
16074 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
16075 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
16077 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
16078 pubname_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
16079 pubtype_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
16081 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
16082 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
16083 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
16084 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
16085 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
16086 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
16087 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
16089 incomplete_types
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 64);
16091 used_rtx_array
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, gc
, 32);
16093 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
16094 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
16095 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
16096 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
16097 debug_aranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
,
16098 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
16099 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
,
16100 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
16101 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
,
16102 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
16103 debug_loc_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
,
16104 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
16105 debug_pubnames_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
,
16106 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
16107 #ifdef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
16108 debug_pubtypes_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
,
16109 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
16111 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
,
16112 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
16113 debug_ranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
,
16114 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
16115 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
16116 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
16118 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
16119 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
16120 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
16121 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
16122 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label
,
16123 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
16124 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
16126 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
16127 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
16128 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
16129 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
16130 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
16131 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
16132 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
16133 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
16134 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
16135 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
16136 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
16137 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
16139 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
16141 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
16142 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
16143 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
16144 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
16147 switch_to_section (text_section
);
16148 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
16149 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
16151 cold_text_section
= unlikely_text_section ();
16152 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
16153 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, cold_text_section_label
);
16157 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
16158 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
16161 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16163 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
16165 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
16167 switch_to_section (debug_str_section
);
16168 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
16169 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
16175 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
16176 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
16179 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die
)
16183 gcc_assert (! die
->die_mark
);
16184 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, verify_marks_clear (c
));
16186 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
16188 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
16189 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
16192 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
16198 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unmark_dies (c
));
16201 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
16202 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
16205 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
16210 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
16212 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
16214 /* A reference to another DIE.
16215 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
16216 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
16218 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
16219 accounts properly for it. */
16220 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
16221 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
= 0;
16226 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
16227 to DIE's children. */
16230 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
16234 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
16236 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
16239 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
16240 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
16241 if (die
->die_parent
)
16242 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
16244 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
16245 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
16247 /* If this node is a specification,
16248 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
16249 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
16250 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
16253 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
16255 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
16256 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
16259 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
16260 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
16261 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
)
16262 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1));
16264 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
16268 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
16269 and if so, mark them. */
16272 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die
)
16276 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
16279 switch (die
->die_tag
)
16281 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
16282 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
16283 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
16286 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
16287 if (!get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
16288 || die
->die_definition
!= NULL
)
16289 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, 1);
16296 /* Mark children. */
16297 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c
));
16300 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
16303 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
16307 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
16308 children have been marked as well. */
16309 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
16312 switch (die
->die_tag
)
16314 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
16315 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
16316 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
16317 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
16320 for (c
= die
->die_parent
; c
; c
= c
->die_parent
)
16321 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
16324 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
16325 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
16326 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
16327 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
16328 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
16330 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die
);
16332 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
16335 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
16336 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
16337 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
16338 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
16339 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
16340 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
16341 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
16342 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
16343 case DW_TAG_friend
:
16344 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
16345 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
16346 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
16347 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
16348 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
16349 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
16350 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
16351 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
16352 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
16355 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
16359 /* Mark everything else. */
16363 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
16367 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
16368 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
16373 /* Mark children. */
16374 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
16377 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
16381 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die
)
16386 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
16387 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
16389 struct indirect_string_node
*s
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
16391 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
16392 twice in the hash table. */
16394 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) ? 1 : 2))
16397 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, s
->str
,
16398 htab_hash_string (s
->str
),
16400 gcc_assert (*slot
== NULL
);
16406 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
16409 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
16413 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
16414 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die
);
16416 if (! die
->die_child
)
16419 c
= die
->die_child
;
16421 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
16422 for (c
= c
->die_sib
; ! c
->die_mark
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
16423 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
16425 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
16427 /* No marked children at all. */
16428 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
16431 prev
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
16432 die
->die_child
= prev
;
16437 if (c
!= prev
->die_sib
)
16439 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
16440 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
16444 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
16447 prune_unused_types (void)
16450 limbo_die_node
*node
;
16453 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
16454 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
16455 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die
);
16456 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
16457 verify_marks_clear (node
->die
);
16458 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
16460 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
16461 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
16462 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
16463 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
16465 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
16466 pubname_table or arange_table. */
16467 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
, i
, pub
); i
++)
16468 prune_unused_types_mark (pub
->die
, 1);
16469 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
16470 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
16472 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
16473 if (debug_str_hash
)
16474 htab_empty (debug_str_hash
);
16475 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
16476 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
16477 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
16479 /* Leave the marks clear. */
16480 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
16481 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
16482 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
16485 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
16488 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot
, void *param
)
16490 bool *p
= (bool *) param
;
16491 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
16492 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d
->filename
))
16500 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
16501 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
16504 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
16506 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
16507 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
16510 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
16511 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
16512 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
16513 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
))
16514 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
16515 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
16518 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_table_relative_p
, &p
);
16520 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
16523 for (i
= 0; i
< VEC_length (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
); i
++)
16525 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
16526 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->die
,
16527 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->variable
,
16531 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
16532 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
16533 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
16534 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
16536 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
16538 next_node
= node
->next
;
16541 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
16543 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
16546 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
16547 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
16549 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
16550 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
16551 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
16554 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
16555 nested function can be optimized away, which results
16556 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
16557 with the return type of that nested function. Force
16558 this to be a child of the containing function.
16560 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
16561 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
16562 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
16563 the function is likely unreachable too. */
16564 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
16566 gcc_assert (node
->created_for
);
16568 if (DECL_P (node
->created_for
))
16569 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
16570 else if (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
))
16571 context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
16573 gcc_assert (context
16574 && (TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
16575 || TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
));
16577 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
16579 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
16581 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
16586 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
16588 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
16589 emit full debugging info for them. */
16590 retry_incomplete_types ();
16592 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
16593 prune_unused_types ();
16595 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
16596 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
16597 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
16598 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
16600 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
16601 that have children. */
16602 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
16603 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
16604 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
16606 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
16607 switch_to_section (text_section
);
16608 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
16609 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
16611 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
16612 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
16615 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
16617 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
16619 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
16620 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
16625 unsigned fde_idx
= 0;
16627 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
16628 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
16629 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
16630 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
16631 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
16632 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, const0_rtx
);
16633 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
16635 add_AT_range_list (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_ranges
,
16636 add_ranges_by_labels (text_section_label
,
16638 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
16639 add_ranges_by_labels (cold_text_section_label
,
16642 for (fde_idx
= 0; fde_idx
< fde_table_in_use
; fde_idx
++)
16644 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_idx
];
16646 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
16648 add_ranges_by_labels (fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
16649 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
);
16650 add_ranges_by_labels (fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
16651 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
);
16654 add_ranges_by_labels (fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
16661 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
16662 if (have_location_lists
)
16664 /* Output the location lists info. */
16665 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section
);
16666 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
16667 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
16668 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
16669 output_location_lists (die
);
16672 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
16673 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
16674 debug_line_section_label
);
16676 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
16677 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
16679 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
16680 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
16681 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
16682 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
16684 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
16685 has been emitted. */
16686 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
);
16688 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
16689 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
16690 output_abbrev_section ();
16692 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
16693 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
))
16695 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section
);
16696 output_pubnames (pubname_table
);
16699 #ifdef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
16700 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
16701 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubtype_table
))
16703 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section
);
16704 output_pubnames (pubtype_table
);
16708 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
16709 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
16710 if (fde_table_in_use
)
16712 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section
);
16716 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
16717 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
16719 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
16720 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
16724 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
16725 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
16726 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
16727 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
16728 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
16729 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
16730 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
16732 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
16733 output_line_info ();
16736 /* Have to end the macro section. */
16737 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
16739 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
16740 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
16743 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
16745 if (debug_str_hash
)
16746 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
16750 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
16751 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
;
16753 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
16755 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"